{"title":"Wood lathes","description":"\u003cp class=\"whitespace-normal break-words\"\u003e Precision \u003cstrong\u003ewood lathe\u003c\/strong\u003e for artistic and industrial turning. Robust \u003cstrong\u003ewood lathe\u003c\/strong\u003e with cast iron bed and variable-speed motors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp class=\"whitespace-normal break-words\"\u003eProfessional \u003cstrong\u003ewood lathe\u003c\/strong\u003e with movable tailstock and adjustable tool holder. Versatile \u003cstrong\u003ewood lathe\u003c\/strong\u003e for cylindrical and conical workpieces. \u003cstrong\u003eProfessional wood lathe\u003c\/strong\u003e with chip extraction system, self-centering chucks, and accessories for maximum productivity on complex machining operations.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"tornio-per-legno-dm-305-v-230v","title":"Bernardo DM 305 V woodturning lathe – center distance 345 mm, Ø 210 mm swing over bed, M33 × 3.5 spindle, 0.25 kW 230V single-phase motor, weight 20 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo DM 305 V wood lathe is designed for entry-level hobbyists and model makers: turning small parts, handles, pins, and small decorative objects. Distance between centers 345 mm, turning diameter over bed Ø 210 mm, over tool rest Ø 140 mm. Spindle speed 750-3,200 rpm (continuous adjustment). Spindle thread M33 × 3.5 mm, tailstock taper MT 1, tailstock quill travel 38 mm. Motor 0.25 kW (S1) - 0.31 kW (S6) at 230V single-phase, weight 20 kg, machine dimensions 660 × 250 × 310 mm. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 345 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurning diameter over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 210 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurning diameter over tool rest:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 140 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 750-3,200 rpm (continuous adjustment)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle thread:\u003c\/strong\u003e M33 × 3.5 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTailstock taper:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTailstock quill travel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 38 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 kW (S1) \/ 0.31 kW (S6) - 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the DM 305 V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo DM 305 V is a wood lathe from the DM (Drechselbank Mini) category, the simplest and lightest in the Bernardo wood lathe range. The DM 305 V model is the most compact: weighing only 20 kg, dimensions 660 × 250 × 310 mm, sized for small pieces (tool handles, model making, small decorative parts, pins and pens). Distinctive features: continuous speed adjustment 750-3200 rpm via electronics, through hole in the tailstock quill for long workpieces, quick-release lever for quick setup change. Tailstock taper MT 1 (smaller than the DM 450 range with MK 2). Spindle thread M33 × 3.5 mm: Bernardo's reference standard, compatible with any M33 accessory available on the market. Suitable for hobbyists, model makers, technical schools for initial woodturning training, antique furniture restorers working on small parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo wood lathe range is organized into 4 progressive categories by weight and features: DM (Drechselbank Mini, 20-38 kg) entry-level for hobbies; DB (semi-pro 36 kg) compact with professional standard accessories; VDM (semi-pro 50 kg) intermediate with 3 speed ranges; HCL (High Cast iron Lathe, 125-212 kg) heavy-duty professional with cast iron structure and integrated Delta frequency inverter.\n\nThe DM 305 V is entry-level: weight 20 kg, motor 0.25 kW. For advanced hobby use with LED display and higher power, the DM 480 VD (38 kg) or DB 450 (36 kg, with light and 24 indexing positions) are correctly sized. For semi-professional use, the VDM 500 (50 kg) or HCL range (125+ kg) are correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). With a weight of 20 kg, it can be handled by one person; the lathe is sized for placement on an existing robust workbench (capacity 80+ kg). Additional tool rests, faceplates, live centers, bed extensions (for compatible models), original Bernardo accessories and spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the DM 305 V for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEntry-level hobbyist \/ model maker\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact 20 kg lathe for small parts (handles, model making, decorations). 230V single-phase power supply compatible with any domestic outlet.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTechnical school for initial learning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEntry-level machine suitable for school use for first approach to woodturning. Standard M33 thread for use of common accessories.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvanced hobbyist with precision needs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor more professional needs with LED display and higher power, the DM 480 VD or DB 450 are correctly sized. The basic DM is entry-level.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e intensive daily professional use (the professional HCL range 125+ kg is correctly sized); large pieces over Ø 210 mm on the bed; three-phase 400V power supply (Bernardo wood lathes are only 230V single-phase); programmed CNC for turning (Bernardo lathes are manual); environments without adequate chip extraction (woodworking produces abundant chips and dust requiring adequate extraction).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e345 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning diameter over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 210 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning diameter over tool rest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 140 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750-3,200 rpm (continuous adjustment)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and tailstock\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM33 × 3.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.25 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.31 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V single-phase \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e660 × 250 × 310 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo DM 305 V wood lathe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 tool rests 110 mm and 175 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFaceplate 80 and 145 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrive center\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLive center\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the DM 305 V and the lower\/higher models in the range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo wood lathe range is organized into 4 categories: DM (entry-level mini, 20-38 kg), DB (semi-pro 36 kg with light and 24 indexing positions), VDM (intermediate 50 kg, 3 speed ranges), HCL (professional 125-212 kg with inverter or DC motor and heavy cast iron structure). The DM 305 V is in the DM BASIC category: the most compact entry-level model in the DM category with continuous speed adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDistinctive features of the DM 305 V: Weight only 20 kg, dimensions 660 × 250 × 310 mm. Tailstock taper MT 1. Standard M33 × 3.5 mm spindle thread. To choose the right model, consider: workpiece weight, frequency of use, precision requirements, presence of dedicated accessories (light, indexing). For most artisan workshops, a medium-range model (VDM 500 or HCL 600 P) balances capacity and price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat spindle speed should I choose for each type of wood?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGeneral guidelines for spindle speed based on wood type and workpiece diameter: softwoods (pine, fir) and small pieces require high speeds (1,500-3,000 rpm), hardwoods (beech, oak, cherry) and medium pieces require medium speeds (700-1,500 rpm), very large pieces (Ø over 200 mm) or exotic woods require low speeds (300-700 rpm) for rotational control. The DM 305 V covers a range of 750-3,200 rpm (continuous adjustment).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImportant: safety in woodturning requires lower speeds for large or unbalanced pieces. An unbalanced rough piece at high speed causes vibrations and the risk of the piece being thrown. Standard procedure: start at low speed to balance the piece (roughing), then gradually increase the speed as the piece becomes more cylindrical. For exotic woods or pieces of uncertain origin (branches, stumps), always start at minimum speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the machine already complete or do I need additional accessories?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard equipment includes: complete machine, tool rests (one or more standard sizes), faceplate, drive center, live center, turning tool set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOptional accessories typically purchased separately: bed extensions for longer pieces (compatible with models that allow it), tool rests of different lengths, faceplates of larger diameters, self-centering wood chucks (compatible with M33 thread), additional turning tool sets (roughing, finishing, coves, specific profiles), accessories for external turning (for pieces that do not pass through the centers). For most standard operations, the basic equipment is sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat does M33 × 3.5 mm spindle thread mean and why is it important?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eM33 × 3.5 mm is the standard spindle thread for the Bernardo wood lathe range. Dimensions: 33 mm diameter with 3.5 mm pitch. It is the European market standard for hobbyist and semi-professional lathes, compatible with most woodturning accessories available on the market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePractical advantage: M33 thread allows you to purchase self-centering chucks, faceplates, external turning accessories, and other accessories from various suppliers (Bernardo, Holzmann, Record Power, Axminster) without compatibility issues. For lathes of other brands with non-standard threads (e.g., American 1\"×8 TPI, M30×3.5 of some industrial lathes), accessories are limited to those of the original manufacturer. All Bernardo wood lathes in the DM\/DB\/VDM\/HCL range have the same M33 × 3.5 mm thread: accessories are interchangeable between different models.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a dedicated dust extraction system needed for the lathe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended, especially for continuous use. Woodturning produces chips and dust of varying diameters (from large chips to fine wood dust). Large chips fall into the area under the machine, while fine dust disperses into the workshop air.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor occasional use (a few hours a week), manual cleaning may be sufficient. For continuous use, a bag filter extractor (e.g., Bernardo DC range) connected to the integrated extraction port on many lathes (or positioned near the turning area for ambient capture) is correctly sized. Important: fine dust from hardwoods (beech, oak, mahogany) is carcinogenic with prolonged inhalation; effective extraction is recommended for operator health. For exotic woods (rosewood, ebony), even greater care is needed: use FFP3 masks in addition to extraction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696435990856,"sku":"10-1069","price":256.21,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tornio_compatto_DM_305_V_per_artigiani_hobbisti.jpg?v=1753193322"},{"product_id":"tornio-per-legno-dm-450-230v","title":"Bernardo DM 450 woodturning lathe – 420 mm distance between centers (up to 980 mm with extension), 260 mm swing over bed, M33 × 3.5 spindle, 0.44 kW 230V single-phase motor, 33 kg weight","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo DM 450 wood lathe is sized for entry-level hobby use and model making: turning small parts, handles, pins, small decorative items. Distance between centers 420 mm (extendable up to 980 mm with optional extension), turning diameter over bed Ø 260 mm, over support Ø 190 mm. Spindle speed (5 steps) 500-3,200 rpm. Spindle thread M33 × 3.5 mm, tailstock taper MK 2, tailstock sleeve travel 50 mm. Motor 0.44 kW (S1) - 0.55 kW (S6) at 230V single-phase, weight 33 kg, machine dimensions 780 × 260 × 380 mm. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 420 mm (up to 980 mm with extension)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurning diameter over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 260 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurning diameter over support:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 190 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e (5 steps) 500-3,200 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle thread:\u003c\/strong\u003e M33 × 3.5 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTailstock taper:\u003c\/strong\u003e MK 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTailstock sleeve travel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.44 kW (S1) \/ 0.55 kW (S6) - 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 33 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the DM 450 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo DM 450 is a wood lathe from the DM (Drechselbank Mini) category, the simplest and lightest in the Bernardo wood lathe range. The DM 450 model has a 5-step mechanical transmission (500-3200 rpm) via belt drive. Distance between centers 420 mm, extendable up to 980 mm with optional extension. Practical difference with the DM 450 V (continuous adjustment): the step-speed DM 450 has greater speed stability under load, the DM 450 V allows fine tuning. For most standard hobby work, the 5-step mechanical gearbox is sufficient; for specific material tuning needs, the DM 450 V is correctly sized. Suitable for hobbyists, model makers, technical schools for initial woodturning training, antique furniture restorers working on small parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo wood lathe range is organized into 4 progressive categories by weight and features: DM (Drechselbank Mini, 20-38 kg) entry-level for hobby; DB (semi-pro 36 kg) compact with standard professional accessories; VDM (semi-pro 50 kg) intermediate with 3 speed ranges; HCL (High Cast Iron Lathe, 125-212 kg) heavy professional with cast iron structure and integrated Delta frequency inverter. \n\nThe DM 450 is entry-level: weight 33 kg, motor 0.44 kW. For advanced hobby use with LED display and higher power, the DM 480 VD (38 kg) or DB 450 (36 kg, with light and 24 indexing positions) are correctly sized. For semi-professional use, the VDM 500 (50 kg) or HCL range (125+ kg) are correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics and Krollit support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days in Southern Italy). With a weight of 33 kg, it can be handled by one person; the lathe is sized for placement on an existing sturdy workbench (capacity 80+ kg). Additional tool rests, faceplates, live centers, bed extensions (for compatible models), original Bernardo accessories and spare parts available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the DM 450 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEntry-level hobbyist \/ model maker\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact 33 kg lathe for small pieces (handles, model making, decorations). 230V single-phase power compatible with any domestic socket.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTechnical school for initial learning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEntry-level machine suitable for school use for an initial approach to woodturning. Standard M33 thread for use with common accessories.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvanced hobbyist with precision requirements\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor more professional needs with LED display and higher power, the DM 480 VD or DB 450 are correctly sized. The basic DM is entry-level.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e daily intensive professional use (the professional HCL range 125+ kg is correctly sized); large pieces over Ø 260 mm or over 980 mm in length; three-phase 400V power (Bernardo wood lathes are only 230V single-phase); programmed CNC for turning (Bernardo lathes are manual); environments without adequate chip extraction (woodworking produces abundant chips and dust that require adequate extraction).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e420 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance with extension (optional)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e980 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning diameter over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning diameter over support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 190 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(5 step) 500-3,200 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and tailstock\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM33 × 3.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMK 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock sleeve travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.44 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.55 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V single-phase \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e780 × 260 × 380 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo DM 450 wood lathe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e150 mm manual support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e75 mm faceplate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrive center\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLive center\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the DM 450 and the lower\/higher models in the range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo wood lathe range is organized into 4 categories: DM (entry-level mini, 20-38 kg), DB (semi-pro 36 kg with light and 24 indexing positions), VDM (intermediate 50 kg, 3 speed ranges), HCL (professional 125-212 kg with inverter or DC motor and heavy cast iron structure). The DM 450 is positioned in the DM BASIC category: DM model with 5-step mechanical gearbox (vs V version with continuous adjustment).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDistinctive features of the DM 450: 5-step mechanical transmission for stability under load. Distance between centers 420 mm extendable up to 980 mm with optional extension. Tailstock taper MK 2 (larger than DM 305 V with MT 1). To choose the right model, consider: weight of the workpiece, frequency of use, precision requirements, presence of dedicated accessories (light, indexing positions). For most craft workshops, a mid-range model (VDM 500 or HCL 600 P) balances capacity and price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat spindle speed should I choose for each type of wood?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGeneral guidelines for spindle speed based on wood type and workpiece diameter: softwoods (pine, spruce) and small pieces high speeds (1,500-3,000 rpm), hardwoods (beech, oak, cherry) and medium pieces medium speeds (700-1,500 rpm), very large pieces (Ø over 200 mm) or exotic woods low speeds (300-700 rpm) for rotation control. The DM 450 covers with its range (5 steps) 500-3,200 rpm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImportant: safety in using the wood lathe requires lower speeds for large or unbalanced pieces. An unbalanced rough piece at high speed causes vibrations and the risk of the piece being thrown. Standard procedure: start at low speed to balance the piece (roughing), then gradually increase the speed as the piece becomes more cylindrical. For exotic woods or pieces of uncertain origin (branches, stumps), always start with minimum speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the machine already complete or does it need additional accessories?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard equipment includes: complete machine, tool rest (one or more standard sizes), faceplate, drive center, live center, turning tool set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOptional accessories typically purchased separately: bed extensions for longer pieces (compatible with models that allow it), tool rests of different lengths, faceplates of larger diameters, self-centering chucks for wood (compatible with M33 thread), additional turning tool sets (roughing, finishing, gouges, specific profiles), accessories for external turning (for pieces that do not pass between the centers). For most standard machining, the basic equipment is sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat does M33 × 3.5 mm spindle thread mean and why is it important?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eM33 × 3.5 mm is the standard spindle thread of the Bernardo wood lathe range. Dimensions: 33 mm diameter with 3.5 mm pitch. It is the European market standard for hobby and semi-professional lathes, compatible with most woodturning accessories available on the market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePractical advantage: M33 thread allows you to buy self-centering chucks, faceplates, external turning accessories, and other accessories from different suppliers (Bernardo, Holzmann, Record Power, Axminster) without compatibility problems. For lathes of other brands with non-standard threads (e.g., 1\"×8 TPI American, M30×3.5 of some industrial lathes), accessories are limited to those of the original manufacturer. All Bernardo wood lathes in the DM\/DB\/VDM\/HCL range have the same M33 × 3.5 mm thread: accessories are interchangeable between different models.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a dedicated extraction system needed for the lathe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended yes, especially for continuous use. Woodturning produces chips and dust of variable diameter (from coarse chips to fine wood dust). Coarse chips fall into the area under the machine, fine dust disperses into the workshop air.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor occasional use (a few hours a week), manual cleaning may be sufficient. For continuous use, a bag filter extractor (e.g., Bernardo DC range) connected to the integrated extraction port on many lathes (or positioned near the turning area for ambient capture) is correctly sized. Important: fine dust from hardwood (beech, oak, mahogany) is carcinogenic from prolonged inhalation; effective extraction is recommended for the operator's health. For exotic woods (rosewood, ebony), even greater care is needed: also use FFP3 masks in addition to extraction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696439660872,"sku":"10-1070","price":317.21,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tornio_compatto_DM_450_per_artigiani_esigenti.jpg?v=1753189673"},{"product_id":"tornio-per-legno-dm-450-v-230v","title":"Bernardo DM 450 V wood lathe – 420 mm distance between centers (up to 980 mm with extension), 260 mm swing over bed, M33 × 3.5 spindle, 0.37 kW 230V single-phase motor, 34 kg weight","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo DM 450 V wood lathe is sized for entry-level hobby and model making use: turning small parts, handles, pins, small decorative objects. Distance between centers 420 mm (extendable up to 980 mm with optional extension), turning diameter over bed Ø 260 mm, over support Ø 190 mm. Spindle speed (3 ranges) 650-1,450 \/ 1,250-2,800 \/ 1,600-3,800 rpm. Spindle thread M33 × 3.5 mm, tailstock taper MK 2, tailstock quill travel 50 mm. Motor 0.37 kW (S1) - 0.5 kW (S6) at 230V single-phase, weight 34 kg, machine dimensions 820 × 260 × 380 mm. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 420 mm (up to 980 mm with extension)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurning diameter over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 260 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurning diameter over support:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 190 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e (3 ranges) 650-1,450 \/ 1,250-2,800 \/ 1,600-3,800 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle thread:\u003c\/strong\u003e M33 × 3.5 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTailstock taper:\u003c\/strong\u003e MK 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTailstock quill travel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.37 kW (S1) \/ 0.5 kW (S6) - 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 34 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the DM 450 V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo DM 450 V is a wood lathe in the DM category (Drechselbank Mini), the simplest and lightest in the Bernardo wood lathe range. The DM 450 V model has a distinctive feature: continuous speed adjustment with 3 selectable ranges (650-1450 \/ 1250-2800 \/ 1600-3800 rpm). Distance between centers 420 mm, extendable up to 980 mm with optional extension: capacity to turn long pieces (chair legs, candlesticks, decorative architectural parts). DK11 spindle with M33 × 3.5 mm thread and standard MK 2 tailstock taper. Practical difference with the DM 450 (5 mechanical steps): the V version has fine speed adjustment optimal for every material (softwoods higher speeds, hardwoods lower speeds), the DM 450 has 5 predefined speeds with greater stability under load. Suitable for hobbyists, model makers, technical schools for initial learning of wood turning, restorers of antique furniture working small parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo wood lathe range is organized into 4 progressive categories by weight and features: DM (Drechselbank Mini, 20-38 kg) entry-level for hobbies; DB (semi-pro 36 kg) compact with professional standard accessories; VDM (semi-pro 50 kg) intermediate with 3 speed ranges; HCL (High Cast Iron Lathe, 125-212 kg) heavy professional with cast iron structure and integrated Delta frequency inverter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DM 450 V is entry-level: weight 34 kg, motor 0.37 kW. For advanced hobby use with LED display and higher power, the DM 480 VD (38 kg) or the DB 450 (36 kg, with light and 24 stops) are correctly sized. For semi-professional use, the VDM 500 (50 kg) or HCL range (125+ kg) are correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). With a weight of 34 kg, it can be handled by one person; the lathe is sized for placement on an existing sturdy workbench (capacity 80+ kg). Additional tool rests, faceplates, live centers, bed extensions (for compatible models), original Bernardo accessories and spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the DM 450 V for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEntry-level hobbyist \/ model maker\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact 34 kg lathe for small parts (handles, model making, decorations). 230V single-phase power compatible with any domestic outlet.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTechnical school for initial learning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEntry-level machine suitable for school use for initial approach to wood turning. Standard M33 thread for use of common accessories.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvanced hobbyist with precision requirements\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor more professional needs with LED display and higher power, the DM 480 VD or DB 450 are correctly sized. The basic DM is entry-level.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e intensive daily professional use (the professional HCL range 125+ kg is correctly sized); large pieces over Ø 260 mm or over 980 mm in length; three-phase 400V power supply (Bernardo wood lathes are only 230V single-phase); programmed CNC for turning (Bernardo lathes are manual); environments without adequate chip extraction (woodworking produces abundant chips and dust that require adequate extraction).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e420 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance with extension (optional)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e980 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning diameter over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning diameter over support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 190 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(3 ranges) 650-1,450 \/ 1,250-2,800 \/ 1,600-3,800 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLow range (L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e650-1,450 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium range (M)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,250-2,800 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh range (H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,600-3,800 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and tailstock\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM33 × 3.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMK 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.37 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V single-phase \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e820 × 260 × 380 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo DM 450 V wood lathe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e150 mm tool rest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e75 mm faceplate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrive center\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLive center\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the DM 450 V and the lower\/higher models in the range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo wood lathe range is organized into 4 categories: DM (entry-level mini, 20-38 kg), DB (semi-pro 36 kg with light and 24 stops), VDM (intermediate 50 kg, 3 speed ranges), HCL (professional 125-212 kg with inverter or DC motor and heavy cast iron structure). The DM 450 V is positioned in the DM BASIC category: V version of the DM 450 with continuous speed adjustment across 3 selectable ranges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDistinctive features of the DM 450 V: Continuous speed adjustment across 3 selectable ranges (L\/M\/H). Distance between centers 420 mm, extendable up to 980 mm. MK 2 tailstock taper. To choose the right model, consider: weight of the workpiece, frequency of use, precision requirements, presence of dedicated accessories (light, stops). For most craft workshops, a mid-range model (VDM 500 or HCL 600 P) balances capacity and price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat spindle speed should I choose for each type of wood?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGeneral guidelines for spindle speed based on wood type and workpiece diameter: softwoods (pine, spruce) and small pieces require high speeds (1,500-3,000 rpm), hardwoods (beech, oak, cherry) and medium pieces require medium speeds (700-1,500 rpm), very large pieces (Ø over 200 mm) or exotic woods require low speeds (300-700 rpm) for rotational control. The DM 450 V covers these with its range (3 ranges) 650-1,450 \/ 1,250-2,800 \/ 1,600-3,800 rpm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImportant: safety in wood turning requires lower speeds for large or unbalanced pieces. An unbalanced rough piece at high speed causes vibrations and the risk of the piece being thrown. Standard procedure: start at low speed to balance the piece (roughing), then gradually increase speed as the piece becomes more cylindrical. For exotic woods or pieces of uncertain origin (branches, stumps), always start with minimum speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the machine already complete or are additional accessories needed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard equipment includes: complete machine, tool rest (one or more of standard dimensions), faceplate, drive center, live center, turning tool set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOptional accessories typically purchased separately: bed extensions for longer pieces (compatible with models that allow it), tool rests of different lengths, faceplates of larger diameters, self-centering wood chucks (compatible with M33 thread), additional turning tool sets (roughing, finishing, gouges, specific profiles), accessories for outboard turning (for pieces that don't fit between centers). For most standard operations, the basic equipment is sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat does M33 × 3.5 mm spindle thread mean and why is it important?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eM33 × 3.5 mm is the standard spindle thread for the Bernardo wood lathe range. Dimensions: 33 mm diameter with 3.5 mm pitch. It is the European market standard for hobby and semi-professional lathes, compatible with most woodturning accessories available on the market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePractical advantage: M33 thread allows you to purchase self-centering chucks, faceplates, outboard turning accessories, and other accessories from different suppliers (Bernardo, Holzmann, Record Power, Axminster) without compatibility issues. For lathes of other brands with non-standard threads (e.g., 1\" × 8 TPI American, M30 × 3.5 of some industrial lathes), accessories are limited to those of the original manufacturer. All Bernardo wood lathes in the DM\/DB\/VDM\/HCL range have the same M33 × 3.5 mm thread: accessories are interchangeable between different models.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a dedicated dust extraction system needed for the lathe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended yes, especially for continuous use. Wood turning produces chips and dust of varying diameters (from large chips to fine wood dust). Large chips fall into the area under the machine, fine dust disperses into the workshop air.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor occasional use (a few hours a week), manual cleaning may be sufficient. For continuous use, a filter bag extractor (e.g., Bernardo DC range) connected to the integrated extraction port on many lathes (or positioned near the turning area for environmental capture) is correctly sized. Important: fine dust from hardwoods (beech, oak, mahogany) is carcinogenic from prolonged inhalation; effective extraction is recommended for operator health. For exotic woods (rosewood, ebony), even greater care is needed: use FFP3 masks in addition to extraction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696443461960,"sku":"10-1075","price":378.21,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_DM_450_V_Tornio_per_legno_compatto_e_preciso.jpg?v=1756919068"},{"product_id":"tornio-per-legno-dm-480-vd-230v","title":"Bernardo DM 480 VD wood lathe – center distance 460 mm (up to 1020 mm with extension), Ø 310 mm over bed, M33 × 3.5 spindle, 0.75 kW 230V single-phase motor, LED display, weight 38 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo DM 480 VD wood lathe is sized for advanced hobbyists and small artisan workshops requiring superior precision and an LED display for speed control. Distance between centers 460 mm (extendable up to 1020 mm with optional extension), turning diameter over bed Ø 310 mm, over tool rest Ø 240 mm. Spindle speed 300-3,700 rpm (continuous adjustment, 2 ranges). Spindle thread M33 × 3.5 mm, tailstock taper MT 2, tailstock quill travel 55 mm. Motor 0.75 kW (S1) - 1.1 kW (S6) at 230V single-phase, weight 38 kg, machine dimensions 950 × 300 × 410 mm. LED display for digital speed visualization. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as the official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 460 mm (up to 1020 mm with extension)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurning diameter over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 310 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurning diameter over tool rest:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 240 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 300-3,700 rpm (continuous adjustment, 2 ranges)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle thread:\u003c\/strong\u003e M33 × 3.5 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTailstock taper:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTailstock quill travel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.75 kW (S1) \/ 1.1 kW (S6) - 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLED display:\u003c\/strong\u003e Digital speed display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 38 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the DM 480 VD and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo DM 480 VD is the intermediate model in the DM range with a distinctive feature: an LED display for digital speed visualization and a selectable double speed range (300-1,200 \/ 1,000-3,700 rpm). Distance between centers 460 mm (extendable up to 1,020 mm), turning diameter over bed Ø 310 mm and over tool rest Ø 240 mm: higher capacity than the DM 450 range (Ø 260\/190). Tailstock taper MT 2, motor 0.75 kW (S1) - 1.1 kW (S6): significantly higher power than the DM 305\/450 range (0.25-0.44 kW). Suitable for amateur artisans with a dedicated workshop and regular production of turned pieces, advanced hobbyists with superior precision needs, technical schools with professional teaching workshops. Standard features of the DM 480 VD: through hole in the tailstock for long workpieces, adjustable tool rests with quick locking, LED speed indicator for immediate control. In Krollit customer workshops, the DM 480 VD is chosen as an upgrade from the DM 305\/450 range when more professional features are desired in a still compact machine (38 kg).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo wood lathe range is organized into 4 progressive categories by weight and features: DM (Drechselbank Mini, 20-38 kg) entry-level for hobby; DB (semi-pro 36 kg) compact with standard professional accessories; VDM (semi-pro 50 kg) intermediate with 3 speed ranges; HCL (High Cast Iron Lathe, 125-212 kg) professional heavy-duty with cast iron structure and integrated Delta frequency inverter. \n\nThe DM 480 VD is the top of the DM range: 38 kg with LED display and double speed range. For more intensive use with dedicated accessories (light, 24 indexing positions), the DB 450 is correctly sized; for regular production, the VDM 500 (50 kg, 3 ranges) or HCL range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to Southern Italy). With a weight of 38 kg, it can be moved by one person; the lathe is sized for placement on an existing sturdy workbench (capacity 80+ kg). Additional tool rests, faceplates, live centers, bed extensions (for compatible models), original Bernardo accessories and spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the DM 480 VD for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvanced hobbyist \/ amateur artisan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLED display for precise speed control, dual range for adaptation to different materials. Ø 310 mm turning capacity over bed superior to basic DM range.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTechnical school \/ educational workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntermediate machine with digital display for modern teaching. Adequate robustness for continuous school use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkshop with regular production of turned pieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor intensive daily production with dedicated accessories (light, stops, tool compartment), the DB 450 is correctly sized; for larger pieces, the VDM 500 or HCL range.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e intensive daily professional use (the professional HCL range 125+ kg is correctly sized); large pieces beyond Ø 310 mm or over 1020 mm in length; three-phase 400V power supply (Bernardo wood lathes are only 230V single-phase); programmed CNC for turning (Bernardo lathes are manual); environments without adequate chip extraction (woodworking produces abundant chips and dust that require adequate extraction).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e460 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance with extension (optional)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1020 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning diameter over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 310 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning diameter over tool rest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 240 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300-3,700 rpm (continuous adjustment, 2 ranges)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLow range (L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300-1,200 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh range (H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,000-3,700 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and Tailstock\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM33 × 3.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and Power Supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.75 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V single-phase \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLED display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital speed display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and Weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e950 × 300 × 410 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo DM 480 VD wood lathe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 tool rests, 150 mm and 300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e80 mm faceplate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrive center\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLive center\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED speed indicator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the DM 480 VD and the lower\/higher models in the range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo wood lathe range is organized into 4 categories: DM (entry-level mini, 20-38 kg), DB (semi-pro 36 kg with light and 24 indexing positions), VDM (intermediate 50 kg, 3 speed ranges), HCL (professional 125-212 kg with inverter or DC motor and heavy cast iron structure). The DM 480 VD is positioned in the DM VARIO category: an intermediate model in the DM range with an LED display and a double speed range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDistinctive features of the DM 480 VD: LED display for real-time digital speed visualization. Selectable double speed range (300-1,200 \/ 1,000-3,700 rpm). Turning diameter Ø 310 mm over bed (vs Ø 260 of the DM 450 range). To choose the right model, consider: workpiece weight, frequency of use, precision requirements, presence of dedicated accessories (light, indexing positions). For most artisan workshops, a mid-range model (VDM 500 or HCL 600 P) balances capacity and price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich spindle speed should be chosen for each type of wood?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGeneral guidelines for spindle speed based on wood type and workpiece diameter: softwoods (pine, spruce) and small pieces at high speeds (1,500-3,000 rpm), hardwoods (beech, oak, cherry) and medium pieces at medium speeds (700-1,500 rpm), very large pieces (Ø over 200 mm) or exotic woods at low speeds (300-700 rpm) for rotation control. The DM 480 VD covers this range with its 300-3,700 rpm (continuous adjustment, 2 ranges).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImportant: safety in using the wood lathe requires lower speeds for large or unbalanced pieces. An unbalanced rough piece at high speed causes vibrations and the risk of the piece being thrown. Standard procedure: start at low speed to balance the piece (roughing), then gradually increase the speed as the piece becomes more cylindrical. For exotic woods or pieces of uncertain origin (branches, stumps), always start at minimum speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the machine already complete or are additional accessories needed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard equipment includes: complete machine, tool rests (one or more of standard size), faceplate, drive center, live center, LED display, turning tool set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOptional accessories typically purchased separately: bed extensions for longer workpieces (compatible with models that allow it), tool rests of different lengths, faceplates of larger diameters, self-centering wood chucks (compatible with M33 thread), additional turning tool sets (roughing, finishing, gouges, specific profiles), outrigger turning accessories (for pieces that don't pass through the centers). For most standard operations, the basic equipment is sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat does M33 × 3.5 mm spindle thread mean and why is it important?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eM33 × 3.5 mm is the standard spindle thread for the Bernardo wood lathe range. Dimensions: 33 mm diameter with 3.5 mm pitch. It is the European market standard for hobbyist and semi-professional lathes, compatible with most woodturning accessories available on the market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePractical advantage: M33 thread allows purchasing self-centering chucks, faceplates, outrigger turning accessories, and other accessories from different suppliers (Bernardo, Holzmann, Record Power, Axminster) without compatibility issues. For lathes from other brands with non-standard threads (e.g., 1\"×8 TPI American, M30×3.5 of some industrial lathes), accessories are limited to those from the original manufacturer. All Bernardo wood lathes in the DM\/DB\/VDM\/HCL range have the same M33 × 3.5 mm thread: accessories are interchangeable between different models.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a dedicated dust extraction system needed for the lathe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended yes, especially for continuous use. Woodturning produces chips and dust of varying diameters (from large chips to fine wood dust). Large chips fall into the area under the machine, fine dust disperses into the workshop air.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor occasional use (a few hours a week), manual cleaning may be sufficient. For continuous use, a bag filter extractor (e.g., Bernardo DC range) connected to the integrated extraction port on many lathes (or positioned near the turning area for ambient capture) is correctly sized. Important: fine dust from hardwood (beech, oak, mahogany) is carcinogenic if inhaled for prolonged periods; effective extraction is recommended for operator health. For exotic woods (rosewood, ebony), even greater care is needed: also use FFP3 masks in addition to extraction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696447000904,"sku":"10-1074","price":464.83,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tornio_per_legno_DM_480_VD_con_regolazione_elettronica_della_velocit.jpg?v=1753196912"},{"product_id":"tornio-per-legno-hcl-600-p-230-v","title":"Bernardo HCL 600 P wood lathe - 600 mm distance between centers (up to 1180 mm with extension), 370 mm swing over bed, M33 × 3.5 spindle, 0.75 kW 230V single-phase motor, LED display, 125 kg weight","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HCL 600 P wood lathe is sized for experienced artisans, semi-professionals, and professional craft workshops with continuous use. It features a heavy cast iron structure and a powerful motor. The distance between centers is 600 mm (extendable to 1180 mm with optional extension), turning diameter over bed Ø 370 mm, over support Ø 270 mm. Spindle speed 250-3,550 rpm (continuous, 3 ranges). Spindle thread M33 × 3.5 mm, tailstock taper MK 2, tailstock quill travel 95 mm. Motor 0.75 kW (S1) - 1.1 kW (S6) at 230V single-phase, weight 125 kg, machine dimensions 1,500 × 540 × 1,180 mm. LED display for digital speed visualization. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 600 mm (up to 1180 mm with extension)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurning diameter over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 370 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurning diameter over support:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 270 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 250-3,550 rpm (continuous, 3 ranges)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle thread:\u003c\/strong\u003e M33 × 3.5 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTailstock taper:\u003c\/strong\u003e MK 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTailstock quill travel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 95 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.75 kW (S1) \/ 1.1 kW (S6) - 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLED display:\u003c\/strong\u003e Digital speed display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 125 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the HCL 600 P and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HCL 600 P is a wood lathe from the HCL category (High Cast Iron Lathe), a professional range with a heavy cast iron structure for superior stability. The HCL 600 P: weight 125 kg, distance between centers 600 mm (extendable up to 1,180 mm), turning diameter Ø 370 mm over bed and Ø 270 mm over support. A distinctive feature of the 600 P: a powerful and quiet DC motor with continuous speed control in 3 RANGES (250-720 \/ 550-1,700 \/ 1,200-3,550 rpm). Suitable for experienced artisans with daily professional use but a need for compactness (medium-sized workshops). Spindle thread M33 × 3.5 mm, standard MK 2 tailstock taper. Thru-hole in the tailstock for long workpieces, quick-locking lever. In Krollit customers' workshops, the HCL compact range is chosen by professional artisans with regular production, vocational technical schools with dedicated turning workshops, semi-professionals producing high-quality decorative items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo wood lathe range is organized into 4 progressive categories by weight and features: DM (Drechselbank Mini, 20-38 kg) entry-level for hobbyists; DB (semi-pro 36 kg) compact with standard professional accessories; VDM (semi-pro 50 kg) intermediate with 3 speed ranges; HCL (High Cast Iron Lathe, 125-212 kg) heavy professional with cast iron structure and integrated Delta frequency inverter. \n\nThe HCL 600 P is the compact model in the professional HCL range: 125 kg, DC motor with 3 speed ranges. Difference with HCL 620: the 600 P has a DC motor and 3 speed ranges, the HCL 620 has a Delta inverter and 2 speed ranges with higher torque at low speeds. For larger workpieces (over 1 m in length), the HCL 1200\/1200 Top is correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics and Krollit support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). With a weight of 125 kg, it requires a pallet truck or two to three people to unload carefully. The machine is supplied WITH an integrated base (a distinctive feature of the professional HCL range). Additional tool rests, faceplates of different diameters, live centers, bed extensions, original Bernardo external turning accessories available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the HCL 600 P for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional craftsman with daily production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional lathe weighing 125 kg with a heavy cast iron structure for continuous use. DC motor with 3 speed ranges.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVocational technical school\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional machine with full features suitable for advanced teaching. Robustness for intensive use by multiple students in dedicated workshops.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarpenter specializing in decorative turned pieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers 600 mm (extendable up to 1180 mm) and diameter Ø 370 mm over bed for medium-sized pieces. For very long pieces (over 1,200 mm), the HCL 1200\/1200 Top is correctly sized.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e occasional simple hobby use (oversized; the DM 305 V\/450\/450 V range is significantly cheaper); three-phase 400V power supply (Bernardo wood lathes are only 230V single-phase); CNC programmed for turning (Bernardo lathes are manual); environments without adequate chip extraction (woodworking produces abundant chips and dust that require adequate extraction).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance with extension (optional)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning diameter over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 370 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning diameter over support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 270 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250-3,550 rpm (continuous, 3 ranges)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLow range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250-720 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e550-1,700 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,200-3,550 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and tailstock\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM33 × 3.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMK 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e95 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowerful and quiet DC motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.75 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V single-phase \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLED display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital speed display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,500 × 540 × 1,180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo HCL 600 P wood lathe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e200 mm tool rest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e100 mm faceplate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrive center\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLive center\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED speed indicator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the HCL 600 P and the lower\/higher models in the range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo wood lathe range is organized into 4 categories: DM (entry-level mini, 20-38 kg), DB (semi-pro 36 kg with light and 24 indexing positions), VDM (intermediate 50 kg, 3 speed ranges), HCL (professional 125-212 kg with inverter or DC motor and heavy cast iron structure). The HCL 600 P is positioned in the HCL COMPACT category: a compact professional model in the HCL range with a DC motor and 3 speed ranges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDistinctive features of the HCL 600 P: Powerful and quiet DC motor with continuous control in 3 ranges. Heavy cast iron structure (125 kg) for stability in continuous work. To choose the right model, consider: workpiece weight, frequency of use, precision requirements, availability of dedicated accessories (light, indexing positions). For most craft workshops, a mid-range model (VDM 500 or HCL 600 P) balances capacity and price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat spindle speed should I choose for each type of wood?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGeneral guidelines for spindle speed based on wood type and workpiece diameter: softwoods (pine, fir) and small pieces at high speeds (1,500-3,000 rpm), hardwoods (beech, oak, cherry) and medium pieces at medium speeds (700-1,500 rpm), very large pieces (Ø over 200 mm) or exotic woods at low speeds (300-700 rpm) for rotation control. The HCL 600 P covers with its range 250-3,550 rpm (continuous, 3 ranges).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImportant: safety in using a wood lathe requires lower speeds for large or unbalanced pieces. An unbalanced rough piece at high speed causes vibrations and the risk of the piece being thrown. Standard procedure: start at low speed to balance the piece (roughing), then gradually increase speed as the piece becomes more cylindrical. For exotic woods or pieces of uncertain origin (branches, stumps), always start at minimum speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the machine already complete or do I need additional accessories?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe standard equipment includes: complete machine, tool rests (one or more standard sizes), faceplate, drive center, live center, LED display, turning tool set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOptional accessories typically purchased separately: bed extensions for longer pieces (compatible with models that allow it), tool rests of different lengths, faceplates of larger diameters, self-centering wood chucks (compatible with M33 thread), additional turning tool sets (roughing, finishing, coves, specific profiles), external turning accessories (for pieces that do not fit between centers). For most standard operations, the basic equipment is sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat does M33 × 3.5 mm spindle thread mean and why is it important?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eM33 × 3.5 mm is the standard spindle thread for the Bernardo wood lathe range. Dimensions: 33 mm diameter with 3.5 mm pitch. It is the European market standard for hobby and semi-professional lathes, compatible with most woodturning accessories available on the market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePractical advantage: M33 thread allows you to purchase self-centering chucks, faceplates, external turning accessories, and other accessories from different suppliers (Bernardo, Holzmann, Record Power, Axminster) without compatibility issues. For lathes from other brands with non-standard threads (e.g., 1\" × 8 TPI American, M30 × 3.5 of some industrial lathes), accessories are limited to those from the original manufacturer. All Bernardo wood lathes in the DM\/DB\/VDM\/HCL range have the same M33 × 3.5 mm thread: accessories are interchangeable between different models.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need a dedicated extraction system for the lathe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended yes, especially for continuous use. Woodturning produces chips and dust of varying diameters (from coarse chips to fine wood dust). Coarse chips fall into the area under the machine, fine dust disperses into the workshop air.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor occasional use (a few hours a week), manual cleaning may be sufficient. For continuous use, a filter bag extractor (e.g., Bernardo DC range) connected to the integrated extraction port on many lathes (or positioned near the turning area for ambient capture) is correctly sized. Important: fine dust from hardwood (beech, oak, mahogany) is carcinogenic if inhaled for prolonged periods; effective extraction is recommended for operator health. For exotic woods (rosewood, ebony) even greater care is needed: also use FFP3 masks in addition to extraction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696448213320,"sku":"10-1182","price":1647.06,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tornio_HCL_600_P_per_lavorazioni_professionali_in_legno.jpg?v=1753199028"},{"product_id":"tornio-per-legno-hcl-1200-top-230v","title":"Bernardo HCL 1200 Top wood lathe – 1200 mm distance between centers, 560 mm swing over bed, M33 × 3.5 spindle, 1.5 kW 230V single-phase motor, Delta inverter, LED display, 212 kg weight","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HCL 1200 Top wood lathe is sized for professional craftsmen, turners, and vocational technical schools. It is the largest model in the HCL line with capacity for large workpieces. The distance between centers is 1200 mm, the turning diameter over the bed is Ø 560 mm, and over the tool rest is Ø 450 mm. Spindle speed is 0-3,200 rpm (continuous, 2 ranges with Delta inverter). Spindle thread is M33 × 3.5 mm, tailstock taper is MK 2, and tailstock quill travel is 110 mm. The motor is 1.5 kW (S1) - 2.2 kW (S6) at 230V single-phase, weighing 212 kg, with machine dimensions of 2,100 × 550 × 1,300 mm. Integrated Delta frequency inverter for maximum torque at low speeds. LED display for digital speed visualization. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1200 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurning diameter over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 560 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurning diameter over tool rest:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 450 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0-3,200 rpm (continuous, 2 ranges with Delta inverter)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle thread:\u003c\/strong\u003e M33 × 3.5 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTailstock taper:\u003c\/strong\u003e MK 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTailstock quill travel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 110 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5 kW (S1) \/ 2.2 kW (S6) - 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInverter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Delta frequency, continuous adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLED display:\u003c\/strong\u003e Digital speed display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 212 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the HCL 1200 Top and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HCL 1200 Top is the top of the professional HCL range, weighing 212 kg. Fixed distance between centers of 1,200 mm: sized for turning very long workpieces (table legs, shelves, large candlesticks, decorative panels). A distinctive feature of the HCL 1200 Top: an INCREASED turning diameter of Ø 560 mm over the bed (vs. Ø 450 of the standard HCL 1200) for turning very large workpieces. Positioned as a premium model in the HCL range: same features as the HCL 1200 but with greater diameter capacity and higher weight (212 kg vs 186 kg) for superior stability. Integrated Delta frequency inverter for continuous electronic speed adjustment over 2 ranges (0-1,300\/3,200 rpm). High-concentricity spindle due to precision machining. Tailstock taper MK 2, motor 1.5 kW (S1) - 2.2 kW (S6). LED display for speed visualization, tailstock with long travel (110 mm) and quick-lock lever on the bed. Compatible with optional accessories for outboard turning. In Krollit customer workshops, the HCL 1200 range is chosen by turners, professional craftsmen producing turned furniture, vocational technical schools with advanced workshops, and restorers specializing in reconstructing turned parts for antique furniture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo wood lathe range is organized into 4 progressive categories by weight and features: DM (Drechselbank Mini, 20-38 kg) entry-level for hobbyists; DB (semi-pro 36 kg) compact with standard professional accessories; VDM (semi-pro 50 kg) intermediate with 3 speed ranges; HCL (High Cast Iron Lathe, 125-212 kg) heavy professional with cast iron structure and integrated Delta frequency inverter.\n\nThe HCL 1200 Top is the top of the Bernardo wood lathe range: 212 kg, 1,200 mm distance between centers, and INCREASED turning diameter of Ø 560 mm over the bed (vs. Ø 450 of the standard HCL 1200). Positioned as a premium model for higher diameter requirements. For simpler length requirements but standard diameter (Ø up to 450 mm), the standard HCL 1200 is significantly more economical. For smaller workpieces and less intensive production, the HCL 600 P\/620 range (125-150 kg) is correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). With a weight of 212 kg, it requires a pallet truck or two to three careful people for unloading. The machine comes WITH an integrated base (a distinctive feature of the professional HCL range). Additional tool rests, faceplates of different diameters, live centers, bed extensions, and original Bernardo outboard turning accessories are available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the HCL 1200 Top is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWoodworker specializing in turning furniture\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,200 mm distance between centers for very long workpieces (table legs, large candlesticks, shelves). Ø 560 mm turning diameter over bed for large workpieces. Integrated Delta inverter.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional craftsman producing turned furniture\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e212 kg machine with cast iron structure for stability during processing large workpieces and hard woods. 1.5 kW (S1) - 2.2 kW (S6) motor for adequate torque on heavy workpieces.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRestorer of antique furniture specializing in turned pieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity to turn long and large diameter workpieces for reconstructing parts of antique furniture (antique table legs, bed posts). Forward and reverse turning for special accessories.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e simple occasional hobby use (oversized; the DM 305 V\/450\/450 V range is significantly more economical); 400V three-phase power (Bernardo wood lathes are only 230V single-phase); programmed CNC for turning (Bernardo lathes are manual); environments without adequate chip extraction (woodworking produces abundant chips and dust that require adequate extraction).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning diameter over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 560 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning diameter over tool rest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 450 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0-3,200 rpm (continuous, 2 ranges with Delta inverter)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLow range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0-1,200 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0-3,200 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInverter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelta frequency, continuous adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and tailstock\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM33 × 3.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMK 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V single-phase \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLED display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital speed display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eForward\/reverse turning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,100 × 550 × 1,300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e212 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo HCL 1200 Top wood lathe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e360 mm tool rest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e150 mm faceplate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrive center\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLive center\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED speed indicator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDelta frequency inverter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the HCL 1200 Top and the lower\/higher models in the range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo wood lathe range is organized into 4 categories: DM (entry-level mini, 20-38 kg), DB (semi-pro 36 kg with light and 24 indexing positions), VDM (intermediate 50 kg, 3 speed ranges), HCL (professional 125-212 kg with inverter or DC motor and heavy cast iron structure). The HCL 1200 Top is in the HCL LARGE category: top of the HCL range with an increased turning diameter of Ø 560 mm over the bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDistinctive features of the HCL 1200 Top: INCREASED turning diameter Ø 560 mm over the bed (vs. Ø 450 of the standard HCL 1200). Forward and reverse turning included. Integrated Delta inverter for maximum torque at low speeds. Weight 212 kg for superior stability. To choose the right model, consider: workpiece weight, frequency of use, precision requirements, presence of dedicated accessories (light, indexing positions). For most craft workshops, a mid-range model (VDM 500 or HCL 600 P) balances capacity and price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich spindle speed should I choose for each type of wood?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGeneral guidelines for spindle speed based on wood type and workpiece diameter: softwoods (pine, spruce) and small workpieces require high speeds (1,500-3,000 rpm), hardwoods (beech, oak, cherry) and medium workpieces require medium speeds (700-1,500 rpm), very large workpieces (Ø over 200 mm) or exotic woods require low speeds (300-700 rpm) for rotational control. The HCL 1200 Top covers this with its 0-3,200 rpm range (continuous, 2 ranges with Delta inverter).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImportant: safety when using a wood lathe requires lower speeds for large or unbalanced workpieces. An unbalanced rough workpiece at high speed causes vibrations and the risk of the workpiece being thrown. Standard procedure: start at low speed to balance the workpiece (roughing), then gradually increase speed as the workpiece becomes more cylindrical. For exotic woods or workpieces of uncertain origin (branches, stumps), always start at minimum speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the machine already complete or do I need additional accessories?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe standard equipment includes: complete machine, tool rest (one or more standard sizes), faceplate, drive center, live center, integrated Delta inverter, LED display, turning tool set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOptional accessories typically purchased separately: bed extensions for longer workpieces (compatible with models that allow it), tool rests of different lengths, larger diameter faceplates, self-centering wood chucks (compatible with M33 thread), additional turning tool sets (roughing, finishing, gouges, specific profiles), outboard turning accessories (for workpieces that do not pass between the centers). For most standard work, the basic equipment is sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat does M33 × 3.5 mm spindle thread mean and why is it important?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eM33 × 3.5 mm is the standard spindle thread for the Bernardo wood lathe range. Dimensions: 33 mm diameter with 3.5 mm pitch. It is the European market standard for hobby and semi-professional lathes, compatible with most woodturning accessories available on the market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePractical advantage: M33 thread allows you to purchase self-centering chucks, faceplates, outboard turning accessories, and other accessories from various suppliers (Bernardo, Holzmann, Record Power, Axminster) without compatibility issues. For lathes of other brands with non-standard threads (e.g., 1\"×8 TPI American, M30×3.5 of some industrial lathes), accessories are limited to those from the original manufacturer. All Bernardo wood lathes in the DM\/DB\/VDM\/HCL range have the same M33 × 3.5 mm thread: accessories are interchangeable between different models.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a dedicated dust extraction system needed for the lathe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is recommended, especially for continuous use. Woodturning produces chips and dust of varying sizes (from large chips to fine wood dust). Large chips fall into the area under the machine, while fine dust disperses into the workshop air.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor occasional use (a few hours a week), manual cleaning may be sufficient. For continuous use, a filter bag dust collector (e.g., Bernardo DC range) connected to the integrated dust port on many lathes (or positioned near the turning area for ambient capture) is correctly sized. Important: fine dust from hardwoods (beech, oak, mahogany) is carcinogenic if inhaled for prolonged periods; effective extraction is recommended for the operator's health. For exotic woods (rosewood, ebony), even greater care is needed: also use FFP3 masks in addition to extraction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696460829000,"sku":"10-1184","price":2677.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tornio_professionale_HCL_1200_Top_per_grandi_diametri.jpg?v=1753195903"},{"product_id":"tornio-legno-copiatore-cl-1500","title":"Wood copying lathe Bernardo CL 1500 – center distance 1500 mm, Ø 430 mm over bed, copying capacity max 1500 mm × Ø 160 mm, motor 1.1 kW 400V three-phase, integrated cast iron base, weight 228 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo CL 1500 wood copying lathe is a professional wood lathe with an integrated copying device for precise replication of templates and original pieces, sized for experienced turners, and carpenters specializing in the production of turned parts in series (chair legs, candlesticks, furniture parts). Distance between centers 1500 mm, turning diameter over bed Ø 430 mm and over support Ø 160 mm. Maximum copying length 1500 mm, maximum copying diameter Ø 160 mm, maximum copying depth 45 mm. Spindle speed (4 steps) 500 \/ 1,000 \/ 1,950 \/ 2,800 rpm. Spindle thread M33 × 3.5 mm, tailstock taper MT 2, tailstock quill travel 100 mm. Motor 1.1 kW (S1) - 1.5 kW (S6) at 400V three-phase, weight 228 kg, machine dimensions 2,300 × 700 × 1,170 mm. Integrated cast iron base. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1500 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurning diameter over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 430 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCopying diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 160 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum copying length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1500 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum copying depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e (4 steps) 500 \/ 1,000 \/ 1,950 \/ 2,800 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle thread:\u003c\/strong\u003e M33 × 3.5 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTailstock taper:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTailstock quill travel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.1 kW (S1) \/ 1.5 kW (S6) - 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e Integrated cast iron\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 228 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the CL 1500 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo CL 1500 is a wood copying lathe with an integrated copying device. The copying device allows precise replication of templates (e.g., wooden or metal chair leg models) or original pieces (e.g., an existing leg to copy): the operator guides a pointer along the model, and the cutting tool exactly replicates the shape on the blank. This is a crucial feature for series production of identical turned parts (sets of chair legs, identical candlesticks, railing spindles, identical tool handles): without copying, each piece would require manual work with continuous profile checks and inevitable variability between pieces. The CL 1500 model is a top-of-the-range copier: weighing 228 kg, with a distance between centers of 1500 mm (the longest in the Bernardo copier range) for very long pieces (large table legs, large candlesticks, railing spindles). Turning diameter over bed Ø 430 mm: superior capacity for large pieces. 4-step mechanical transmission (500\/1,000\/1,950\/2,800 rpm): a crucial feature for stability under load when working with large pieces. Stepped transmission has an advantage over continuous adjustment: the set speed remains constant even under high load, important for copying pieces that require precise speeds. Motor 1.1 kW (S1) - 1.5 kW (S6) at 400V three-phase: industrial power supply with greater efficiency and durability under continuous load. Maximum copying depth 45 mm: allows copying of deep decorative profiles (e.g., grooves, fillets). Suitable for specialized carpenters producing turned furniture in series, artisans with regular production of standardized parts, and restorers of antique furniture who reconstruct identical parts in series. The standard Bernardo copying device allows the use of wooden or metal templates (templates can be made by the operator themselves from drawings or original pieces). The maximum copying lengths and diameters are technical limits of the specific machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo wood copying lathe range is organized into 3 sub-categories: KDM (entry-level\/intermediate 68-92 kg, continuous adjustment, 0.55-0.75 kW motor); KDH (semi-professional 128 kg with integrated cast iron base, continuous adjustment, 0.75 kW motor); CL (top-of-the-range 218-228 kg, 4-step mechanical transmission, 1.1 kW motor, 400V three-phase power supply). The progressive features are: weight, copying capacity (length and diameter), type of transmission (continuous for flexibility vs. step for stability), power supply (230V single-phase for standard workshops vs. 400V three-phase for industrial workshops).\n\nThe CL 1500 is the largest model in the range with a distance between centers of 1,500 mm: sized for very long pieces (large table legs, railing spindles, standard height candlesticks). For shorter pieces (under 1,300 mm in length), the CL 1300 is significantly more economical while maintaining the same mechanical characteristics. For semi-professional artisans with an integrated base and continuous adjustment, the KDH 1100 (128 kg) is correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics and Krollit support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). With a weight of 228 kg, it requires a pallet jack or two to three people to unload carefully. The machine is supplied WITH an integrated cast iron base (a distinctive feature of the KDH and CL professional range). Standard copying templates, additional tool rests, faceplates of different diameters, live centers, spare parts for the copying device, and original Bernardo accessories are available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the CL 1500 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarpenter specializing in turned furniture production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500 mm distance between centers for very long pieces (large table legs, spindles, candlesticks). 4 mechanical speeds for stability under load in series production.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional artisan with regular production of standardized pieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCopying device for precise replication of templates or original pieces. Turning diameter Ø 430 mm over bed for large pieces. Copying depth 45 mm for deep decorative profiles.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpecialized antique furniture restorer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbility to replicate identical turned parts for restoration of complete sets (e.g., 4 identical chair legs, 6 identical bed columns). 400V three-phase industrial power for continuous use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e occasional simple hobby use (oversized; the KDM range is significantly more economical); workshops without a 400V three-phase line (the KDM\/KDH 230V\/400V range is also available in single-phase version); programmed CNC (Bernardo copying lathes are manual with a mechanical copying device, not numerical control); environments without adequate dust extraction (woodworking produces abundant chips and dust); copying profiles deeper than 45 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning diameter over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 430 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning diameter over support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCopying diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum copying length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum copying depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(4 step) 500 \/ 1,000 \/ 1,950 \/ 2,800 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and tailstock\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM33 × 3.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,300 × 700 × 1,170 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e228 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo CL 1500 copying lathe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCopying device for replicating templates and original parts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e290 mm tool rest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e200 mm faceplate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMT 2 live center\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrive center\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed tailstock (steady rest)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-16 mm drill chuck with MT 2 \/ B16 shank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHSS V-gouge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated cast iron base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContinuous\/multi-speed adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of turning tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the copying device work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe copying device is a pantograph mechanism that allows a profile (wooden, metal template, or original piece) to be replicated on the blank to be turned. The operator guides a pointer along the profile of the template, and the mechanical system transfers the movement to the cutting tool which works on the blank, precisely reproducing the same shape. The CL 1500 has copying capabilities: max length 1500 mm, max diameter Ø 160 mm, max depth 45 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePractical advantage for series production: without copying, each piece would require manual work with continuous profile checks (e.g., using shape gauges, comparison rulers). With copying, the first piece is accurately worked to create the template, then all subsequent pieces are replicated identically in 30-90 seconds each. For productions of 10-100 identical pieces (e.g., sets of chair legs, candlesticks, railing spindles), the time saved is 70-90% compared to individual manual processing. Copying templates can be made by the operator themselves (in hardwood for occasional use, or in steel or aluminum sheet for continuous use) or purchased from suppliers of copying lathe accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the CL 1500 and other copying lathes in the range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo copying lathe range has 3 sub-categories: KDM (entry-level\/intermediate 68-92 kg, 0.55-0.75 kW motor), KDH (semi-pro 128 kg with integrated base, 0.75 kW motor), CL (top-of-the-range 218-228 kg with 4-step speeds and 1.1 kW 400V three-phase motor). The CL 1500 is in the CL PRO category: top professional for regular series production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo choose the right model, evaluate: required weight and robustness (occasional vs. continuous use), copying capacity (profile length\/diameter\/depth), preferred transmission type (continuous for speed variety or step for stability under load), available power supply (230V single-phase for standard artisan workshops or 400V three-phase for industrial workshops). For most artisan workshops with regular production, the KDM 1100 or KDH 1100 are correctly sized; for intensive professional production, the CL range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the copying templates included or must they be purchased separately?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCopying templates are not included in the standard equipment: the machine is supplied with the copying device (pantograph mechanism) but the specific templates for each profile to be replicated must be made or purchased separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTemplates can be: made by the operator themselves from drawings or original pieces (in hardwood for occasional use, or in steel or aluminum sheet for continuous use); purchased from specialized suppliers of copying lathe accessories (standard templates for common profiles such as chair legs, candlesticks, spindles); derived from existing original pieces that are used directly as templates. For continuous use, it is recommended to make templates from steel sheet: superior durability (hundreds of copies without wear) and constant precision. For occasional use or small productions, hardwood templates are sufficient and more economical.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 230V\/400V power supply dual or does it require a choice?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CL 1500 is available in a dual 230V\/400V version: the operator can choose which power supply to use at the time of installation, depending on the electrical line available in the workshop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 230V single-phase version is sized for standard artisan workshops; the 400V three-phase version for workshops with an industrial line. Mechanical characteristics are identical; only the motor efficiency changes (the three-phase version has less vibration and greater durability under continuous load). To choose: if the workshop has a 400V three-phase line available, use it. If only 230V single-phase, it is sufficient for most work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat spindle speed should be chosen for copying?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor copying, recommended speeds are slightly lower than for free turning, because the copying system imposes a more constant tool feed rate: softwoods (pine, fir) and simple copying 800-1,500 rpm; hardwoods (beech, oak, walnut) and standard copying 500-900 rpm; exotic woods (mahogany, rosewood) or complex profiles 400-700 rpm. The CL 1500 covers with its range (4 steps) 500 \/ 1,000 \/ 1,950 \/ 2,800 rpm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImportant: the optimal speed for copying also depends on the diameter of the piece (large pieces require lower speeds to limit the linear cutting speed), depth of the profile to be copied (deep profiles require lower speeds to limit the torque required by the tool), type of copying tool (standard HSS tools at medium speeds, carbide tools at higher speeds). For series production, it is recommended to record optimal speeds for each wood + profile combination on a work sheet for reference.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696471216456,"sku":"10-1155","price":2122.87,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tornio_copiativo_CL_1500_con_accessori_professionali.jpg?v=1753110575"},{"product_id":"tornio-legno-copiatore-cl-1300","title":"Bernardo CL 1300 Wood Copy Lathe – distance between centers 1300 mm, Ø 430 mm over bed, copying max 1300 mm × Ø 160 mm, motor 1.1 kW 400V three-phase, integrated cast iron base, weight 218 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo CL 1300 wood copying lathe is a professional woodworking lathe with an integrated copying device for precise replication of templates and original pieces. It is sized for experienced turners and carpenters specializing in the serial production of turned parts (chair legs, candlesticks, furniture components). The distance between centers is 1300 mm, the turning diameter over the bed is Ø 430 mm, and over the support is Ø 160 mm. The maximum copying length is 1300 mm, the maximum copying diameter is Ø 160 mm, and the maximum copying depth is 45 mm. Spindle speeds (4 steps) are 500 \/ 1,000 \/ 1,950 \/ 2,800 rpm. Spindle thread is M33 × 3.5 mm, tailstock taper is MT 2, and tailstock quill travel is 100 mm. The motor is 1.1 kW (S1) - 1.5 kW (S6) at 400V three-phase, weighing 218 kg, with machine dimensions of 2,100 × 700 × 1,170 mm. Integrated cast iron base. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurning diameter over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 430 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCopying diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 160 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum copying length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum copying depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e (4 steps) 500 \/ 1,000 \/ 1,950 \/ 2,800 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle thread:\u003c\/strong\u003e M33 × 3.5 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTailstock taper:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTailstock quill travel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.1 kW (S1) \/ 1.5 kW (S6) - 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e Integrated cast iron\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 218 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the CL 1300 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo CL 1300 is a wood copying lathe with an integrated copying device. The copying device allows for precise replication of templates (e.g., wooden or metal chair leg patterns) or original pieces (e.g., an existing leg to be copied): the operator guides a stylus along the pattern, and the cutting tool exactly replicates the shape on the blank. This is a crucial feature for serial production of identical turned parts (sets of chair legs, identical candlesticks, railing spindles, identical tool handles): without copying, each piece would require manual machining with continuous profile checks and inevitable variability between pieces. The CL 1300 model is a top-of-the-range copying lathe: weighing 218 kg, with a distance between centers of 1300 mm (the longest in the Bernardo copying lathe range) for very long pieces (large table legs, large candlesticks, railing spindles). Turning diameter over bed Ø 430 mm: superior capacity for large pieces. 4-step mechanical transmission (500\/1,000\/1,950\/2,800 rpm): a decisive feature for stability under load when machining large workpieces. The step transmission has an advantage over continuous regulation: the set speed remains constant even under high load, important for copying pieces that require precise speeds. 1.1 kW (S1) - 1.5 kW (S6) 400V three-phase motor: industrial power supply with greater efficiency and durability under continuous load. Maximum copying depth of 45 mm: allows copying of deep decorative profiles (e.g., grooves, fillets). Suitable for carpenters specializing in the serial production of turned furniture, artisans with regular production of standardized parts, and antique furniture restorers who reconstruct identical parts in series. The standard Bernardo copying device allows the use of wood or metal templates (templates can be made by the operator from drawings or original pieces). The maximum copying lengths and diameters are technical limits of the specific machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo range of wood copying lathes is organized into 3 sub-categories: KDM (entry-level\/intermediate 68-92 kg, continuous regulation, 0.55-0.75 kW motor); KDH (semi-professional 128 kg with integrated cast iron base, continuous regulation, 0.75 kW motor); CL (top of the range 218-228 kg, 4-step mechanical transmission, 1.1 kW motor, 400V three-phase power supply). The progressive features are: weight, copying capacity (length and diameter), type of transmission (continuous for flexibility vs. step for stability), power supply (230V single-phase for standard workshops vs. 400V three-phase for industrial workshops).\n\nThe CL 1300 is the standard model in the CL range: 1,300 mm distance between centers. For longer pieces (over 1,300 mm), the CL 1500 is appropriately sized. For semi-professional artisans with an integrated base, the KDH 1100 is appropriately sized; for more occasional use, the KDM range (entry-level 68-92 kg) is significantly more economical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). With a weight of 218 kg, it requires a pallet jack or two-three people with care for unloading. The machine is supplied WITH an integrated cast iron base (a distinctive feature of the KDH and professional CL range). Standard copying templates, additional tool rests, faceplates of different diameters, live centers, copying device spare parts, original Bernardo accessories available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the CL 1300 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarpenter specializing in turned furniture production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1300 mm distance between centers for very long pieces (large table legs, spindles, candlesticks). 4 mechanical speeds for stability under load in serial production.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional artisan with regular production of standardized parts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCopying device for precise replication of templates or original pieces. Turning diameter Ø 430 mm over bed for large pieces. Copying depth 45 mm for deep decorative profiles.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpecialized antique furniture restorer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbility to replicate identical turned parts for restoring complete sets (e.g., 4 identical chair legs, 6 identical bedposts). 400V three-phase industrial power supply for continuous use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e simple hobbyist occasional use (oversized; the KDM range is significantly more economical); workshops without a 400V three-phase line (the KDM\/KDH 230V\/400V range is also available in single-phase version); programmed CNC (Bernardo copying lathes are manual with a mechanical copying device, not numerical control); environments without adequate dust extraction (woodworking produces abundant chips and dust); copying profiles deeper than 45 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning diameter over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 430 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning diameter over support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCopying diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum copying length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum copying depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(4 steps) 500 \/ 1,000 \/ 1,950 \/ 2,800 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and Tailstock\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM33 × 3.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and Power Supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and Weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,100 × 700 × 1,170 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e218 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo CL 1300 copying lathe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCopying device for replicating templates and original pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e290 mm tool rest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e200 mm faceplate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMT 2 live center\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrive center\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSteady rest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-16 mm drill chuck with MT 2 \/ B16 shank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHSS V-knife\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated cast iron base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContinuous\/multi-speed spindle speed regulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurning tool set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the copying device work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe copying device is a pantograph mechanism that allows a profile (wooden, metal template, or original piece) to be replicated onto the blank to be turned. The operator guides a stylus along the profile of the template, and the mechanical system transfers the movement to the cutting tool, which works on the blank, reproducing exactly the same shape. The CL 1300 has copying capabilities: max length 1300 mm, max diameter Ø 160 mm, max depth 45 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePractical advantage for serial production: without copying, each piece would require manual machining with continuous profile checks (e.g., using profile gauges, comparison rulers). With copying, the first piece is carefully machined to create the template, then all subsequent pieces are identically replicated in 30-90 seconds each. For productions of 10-100 identical pieces (e.g., sets of chair legs, candlesticks, railing spindles), the time saved is 70-90% compared to single manual machining. Copying templates can be made by the operator (from hard wood for occasional use, or from steel or aluminum sheet metal for continuous use) or purchased from suppliers of copying lathe accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the CL 1300 and the other copying lathes in the range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo copying lathe range has 3 sub-categories: KDM (entry-level\/intermediate 68-92 kg, 0.55-0.75 kW motor), KDH (semi-pro 128 kg with integrated base, 0.75 kW motor), CL (top of the range 218-228 kg with 4-step speeds and 1.1 kW 400V three-phase motor). The CL 1300 is in the CL PRO category: a professional top model for regular serial production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo choose the right model, consider: required weight and robustness (occasional vs. continuous use), copying capacity (profile length\/diameter\/depth), preferred transmission type (continuous for speed variety or step for stability under load), available power supply (230V single-phase for standard artisanal workshops or 400V three-phase for industrial workshops). For most artisanal workshops with regular production, the KDM 1100 or KDH 1100 are correctly sized; for intensive professional production, the CL range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre copying templates included or do they need to be purchased separately?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCopying templates are not included in the standard equipment: the machine comes with the copying device (pantograph mechanism), but specific templates for each profile to be replicated must be made or purchased separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTemplates can be: made by the operator from drawings or original pieces (from hard wood for occasional use, or from steel or aluminum sheet metal for continuous use); purchased from specialized suppliers of copying lathe accessories (standard templates for common profiles such as chair legs, candlesticks, spindles); derived from existing original pieces that are used directly as templates. For continuous use, it is recommended to make templates from steel sheet metal: superior durability (hundreds of copies without wear) and constant precision. For occasional use or small productions, hard wood templates are sufficient and more economical.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 230V\/400V power supply dual or does it require a choice?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CL 1300 is available in a dual 230V\/400V version: the operator can choose which power supply to use at the time of installation, depending on the electrical line available in the workshop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 230V single-phase version is sized for standard artisanal workshops; the 400V three-phase version for workshops with an industrial line. Mechanical characteristics are identical; only motor efficiency changes (the three-phase version has less vibration and greater durability under continuous load). To choose: if the workshop has a 400V three-phase line available, use it. If only 230V single-phase, it is sufficient for most operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat spindle speed should be chosen for copying?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor copying, recommended speeds are slightly lower than for free turning, because the copying system imposes a more constant tool feed rate: softwoods (pine, spruce) and simple copying 800-1,500 rpm; hardwoods (beech, oak, walnut) and standard copying 500-900 rpm; exotic woods (mahogany, rosewood) or complex profiles 400-700 rpm. The CL 1300 covers these ranges with its 4 steps: 500 \/ 1,000 \/ 1,950 \/ 2,800 rpm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImportant: the optimal speed for copying also depends on the diameter of the workpiece (large pieces require lower speeds to limit the linear cutting speed), the depth of the profile to be copied (deep profiles require lower speeds to limit the torque required by the tool), and the type of copying tool (standard HSS tools at medium speeds, carbide tools at higher speeds). For serial production, it is recommended to record optimal speeds for each wood+profile combination on a work sheet for reference.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696476361032,"sku":"10-1150","price":2067.97,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tornio_copiativo_CL_1300_per_tornitori_esperti.jpg?v=1753109863"},{"product_id":"tornio-legno-copiatore-kdm-1100-230-v","title":"Bernardo KDM 1100 Wood Copying Lathe (230V) – 1100 mm center distance, 370 mm swing over bed, max copying length 850 mm × Ø 160 mm, 0.75 kW 230V single-phase motor, weight 92 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KDM 1100 (230V) wood copying lathe is a professional wood lathe with an integrated copying device for precise replication of templates and original parts, sized for semi-professional craftsmen looking for a good quality copying lathe with continuous speed adjustment and a digital display. Center distance 1100 mm, swing over bed Ø 370 mm. Maximum copying length 850 mm, maximum copying diameter Ø 160 mm. Spindle speed 500-2,000 rpm (continuous adjustment). Spindle thread M33 × 3.5 mm, tailstock taper MT 2, tailstock quill travel 50 mm. Motor 0.75 kW (S1) - 1.1 kW (S6) at 230V single-phase, weight 92 kg, machine dimensions 1,650 × 750 × 1,150 mm. Digital display for speed visualization. Swiveling headstock for off-bed work. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 370 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCopying diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 160 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum copying length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 850 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 500-2,000 rpm (continuous adjustment)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle thread:\u003c\/strong\u003e M33 × 3.5 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTailstock taper:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTailstock quill travel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.75 kW (S1) \/ 1.1 kW (S6) - 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital display:\u003c\/strong\u003e Speed visualization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 92 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the KDM 1100 (230V) and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KDM 1100 (230V) is a wood copying lathe with an integrated copying device. The copying device allows for the precise replication of templates (e.g., models of wooden or metal chair legs) or original parts (e.g., an existing leg to be copied): the operator guides a pointer along the model, and the cutting tool accurately replicates the shape on the blank. This is a crucial feature for series production of identical turned parts (sets of chair legs, identical candlesticks, balusters for railings, identical tool handles): without copying, each piece would require manual processing with continuous profile checks and inevitable variability between pieces. The KDM 1100 (230V single-phase) model is the standard model in the KDM copier range: weighing 92 kg, it is sized for craftsmen with continuous use. Center distance 1,100 mm and swing over bed Ø 370 mm. Continuous speed adjustment 500-2,000 rpm with digital display for precise control. Swiveling headstock for off-bed work. 0.75 kW (S1) - 1.1 kW (S6) motor at 230V single-phase: single-phase power for craft workshops without a three-phase line. Suitable for craftsmen with regular production of turned parts in series, semi-professionals with a dedicated workshop, and professional technical schools. The standard Bernardo copying device allows the use of wooden or metal templates (templates can be made by the operator from drawings or original pieces). The maximum copying lengths and diameters are technical limits of the specific machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo wood copying lathe range is organized into 3 sub-categories: KDM (entry-level\/intermediate 68-92 kg, continuous adjustment, 0.55-0.75 kW motor); KDH (semi-professional 128 kg with integrated cast iron base, continuous adjustment, 0.75 kW motor); CL (top of the range 218-228 kg, 4-step mechanical transmission, 1.1 kW motor, 400V three-phase power). The progressive characteristics are: weight, copying capacity (length and diameter), type of transmission (continuous for flexibility vs. step for stability), power supply (230V single-phase for standard workshops vs. 400V three-phase for industrial workshops).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe KDM 1100 (230V single-phase) is the standard model in the KDM range: weight 92 kg, center distance 1,100 mm, 0.75 kW motor. Difference from KDM 1000 eco: more powerful motor, greater center distance, greater weight. For more professional use with an integrated base, the KDH 1100 (128 kg) is correctly sized; for top use, the CL range (218-228 kg with 4-step speed and 400V three-phase).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe KDM 1100 is available in 230V single-phase (for workshops without a three-phase line) and 400V three-phase (for industrial workshops) versions. Mechanical characteristics are identical; only the motor power supply changes. The 230V single-phase version is sized for craft workshops without an industrial 400V three-phase line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics and Krollit support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). With a weight of 92 kg, it can be moved by one person; the lathe is sized for placement on an existing sturdy workbench or on the included machine stand. Standard copying templates, additional tool rests, faceplates, live centers, original Bernardo accessories and spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer assistance available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the KDM 1100 (230V) is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCraftsman with regular production of series turned parts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e92 kg machine with 0.75 kW (S1) motor for continuous use. 1,100 mm center distance and standard copying device. Digital display for speed control.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvanced hobbyist \/ semi-professional\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V single-phase power supply compatible with any civil socket (advantage for workshops without a three-phase line).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTechnical school with professional workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSemi-professional level machine with complete features (copying device, continuous adjustment, swiveling headstock, digital display). For intensive use by multiple students, the 92 kg robustness is adequate.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e intensive daily professional use with large pieces (over Ø 370 mm or length over 1100 mm; the CL 1300\/1500 range is correctly sized); programmed CNC (Bernardo copying lathes are manual with mechanical copying device, not numerical control); environments without adequate dust extraction (woodworking produces abundant chips and dust); copying profiles deeper than those specific to the machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 370 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCopying diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum copying length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e850 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500-2,000 rpm (continuous adjustment)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and tailstock\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM33 × 3.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.75 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital speed display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeadstock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwiveling for off-bed work\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,650 × 750 × 1,150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e92 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo KDM 1100 copying lathe (230V)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCopying device for replicating templates and original parts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e300 mm tool rest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e150 mm faceplate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMT 2 live center\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrive center\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMachine stand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital display for speed visualization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContinuous\/multi-speed adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurning tool set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the copying device work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe copying device is a pantograph mechanism that allows a profile (wooden or metal template, or original part) to be replicated onto the blank to be turned. The operator guides a pointer along the profile of the template, and the mechanical system transfers the movement to the cutting tool, which works the blank, reproducing exactly the same shape. The KDM 1100 (230V) has copying capacities: max length 850 mm, max diameter Ø 160 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePractical advantage for series production: without copying, each piece would require manual processing with continuous profile checks (e.g., using profile gauges, comparison rulers). With copying, the first piece is carefully worked to create the template, then all subsequent pieces are replicated identically in 30-90 seconds each. For productions of 10-100 identical pieces (e.g., sets of chair legs, candlesticks, balusters), the time saved is 70-90% compared to single manual processing. Copying templates can be made by the operator themselves (in hardwood for occasional use, or in sheet steel or aluminum for continuous use) or purchased from suppliers of copying lathe accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the KDM 1100 (230V) and the other copying lathes in the range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo copier range has 3 sub-categories: KDM (entry-level\/intermediate 68-92 kg, 0.55-0.75 kW motor), KDH (semi-pro 128 kg with integrated base, 0.75 kW motor), CL (top of the range 218-228 kg with 4-step speed and 1.1 kW 400V three-phase motor). The KDM 1100 (230V) is a KDM category: entry-level\/intermediate for occasional or moderate regular use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo choose the right model, consider: required weight and robustness (occasional vs. continuous use), copying capacity (length\/diameter\/profile depth), preferred transmission type (continuous for speed variety or step for stability under load), available power supply (230V single-phase for standard craft workshops or 400V three-phase for industrial workshops). For most craft workshops with regular production, the KDM 1100 or KDH 1100 are correctly sized; for intensive professional production, the CL range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre copying templates included or do they need to be purchased separately?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCopying templates are not included in the standard equipment: the machine is supplied with the copying device (pantograph mechanism) but the specific templates for each profile to be replicated must be made or purchased separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTemplates can be: made by the operator themselves from drawings or original pieces (in hardwood for occasional use, or in sheet steel or aluminum for continuous use); purchased from specialized suppliers of copying lathe accessories (standard templates for common profiles such as chair legs, candlesticks, balusters); derived from existing original pieces that are used directly as templates. For continuous use, it is recommended to make templates from sheet steel: superior durability (hundreds of copies without wear) and constant precision. For occasional use or production of a few pieces, hardwood templates are sufficient and more economical.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 230V single-phase power supply sufficient for continuous use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the KDM 1100 (230V), yes, in semi-professional craft workshop use. The 0.75 kW (S1) - 1.1 kW (S6) motor is sized for continuous use at 230V single-phase with an adequate line (minimum 2.5 mm² cable, dedicated 16A circuit breaker).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor intensive industrial use (continuous daily production of heavy parts), the 400V three-phase version is correctly sized: greater voltage stability under load, less motor vibration, longer durability under continuous use. For workshops without a three-phase line but with continuous use, the 230V single-phase version is correctly sized; for workshops with an available three-phase line, the 400V version offers minor advantages at the same price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich spindle speed should I choose for copying?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor copying, recommended speeds are slightly lower than for free turning, because the copying system imposes a more constant tool feed rate: softwoods (pine, spruce) and simple copying 800-1,500 rpm; hardwoods (beech, oak, walnut) and standard copying 500-900 rpm; exotic woods (mahogany, rosewood) or complex profiles 400-700 rpm. The KDM 1100 (230V) covers this range with its 500-2,000 rpm (continuous adjustment).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImportant: the optimal copying speed also depends on the diameter of the piece (large pieces require lower speeds to limit the linear cutting speed), the depth of the profile to be copied (deep profiles require lower speeds to limit the torque required by the tool), and the type of copying tool (standard HSS tools at medium speeds, carbide tools at higher speeds). For series production, it is recommended to record the optimal speeds for each wood+profile combination on a work sheet for reference.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696486027592,"sku":"10-1105","price":927.24,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tornio_copiativo_per_legno_KDM_1100_con_accessori.jpg?v=1753109742"},{"product_id":"tornio-legno-copiatore-kdm-1100-400-v","title":"Bernardo KDM 1100 (400V) wood lathe – 1100 mm center distance, 370 mm swing over bed, 850 mm × 160 mm max copying length × diameter, 0.75 kW 400V three-phase motor, 92 kg weight","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KDM 1100 (400V) wood copying lathe is a professional wood lathe with an integrated copying device for precise replication of templates and original pieces. It is sized for semi-professional artisans looking for a good quality copying lathe with continuous speed control and a digital display. Distance between centers 1100 mm, turning diameter over bed Ø 370 mm. Maximum copying length 850 mm, maximum copying diameter Ø 160 mm. Spindle speed 500-2,000 rpm (continuous adjustment). Spindle thread M33 × 3.5 mm, tailstock taper MT 2, tailstock quill travel 50 mm. Motor 0.75 kW (S1) - 1.1 kW (S6) at 400V three-phase, weight 92 kg, machine dimensions 1,650 × 750 × 1,150 mm. Digital display for speed visualization. Swivel headstock for off-bed operations. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurning diameter over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 370 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCopying diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 160 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum copying length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 850 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 500-2,000 rpm (continuous adjustment)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle thread:\u003c\/strong\u003e M33 × 3.5 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTailstock taper:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTailstock quill travel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.75 kW (S1) \/ 1.1 kW (S6) - 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital display:\u003c\/strong\u003e Speed visualization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 92 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the KDM 1100 (400V) and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KDM 1100 (400V) is a wood copying lathe with an integrated copying device. The copying device allows for the precise replication of templates (e.g., wooden or metal chair leg patterns) or original pieces (e.g., an existing leg to copy): the operator guides a stylus along the template, and the cutting tool exactly replicates the shape on the blank workpiece. This is a crucial feature for series production of identical turned parts (sets of chair legs, identical candlesticks, railing balusters, identical tool handles): without copying, each piece would require manual processing with continuous profile checks and inevitable variability between pieces. The KDM 1100 (400V three-phase) model is the standard model in the KDM copier range: weighing 92 kg, sized for artisans with continuous use. Distance between centers 1,100 mm and turning diameter over bed Ø 370 mm. Continuous speed adjustment 500-2,000 rpm with digital display for precise control. Swivel headstock for off-bed operations. Motor 0.75 kW (S1) - 1.1 kW (S6) at 400V three-phase: industrial three-phase power supply with higher motor efficiency. Suitable for artisans with regular production of turned parts in series, semi-professionals with dedicated workshops, professional technical schools. The standard Bernardo copying device allows the use of wood or metal templates (templates can be made by the operator from drawings or original pieces). The maximum copying lengths and diameters are technical limits of the specific machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo wood copying lathe range is organized into 3 sub-categories: KDM (entry-level\/intermediate 68-92 kg, continuous adjustment, 0.55-0.75 kW motor); KDH (semi-professional 128 kg with integrated cast iron base, continuous adjustment, 0.75 kW motor); CL (top-of-the-range 218-228 kg, 4-speed mechanical transmission, 1.1 kW motor, 400V three-phase power supply). The progressive features are: weight, copying capacity (length and diameter), transmission type (continuous for flexibility vs. step for stability), power supply (230V single-phase for standard workshops vs. 400V three-phase for industrial workshops). \n\nThe KDM 1100 (400V three-phase) is the standard model in the KDM range: 92 kg weight, 1,100 mm distance between centers, 0.75 kW motor. Difference from KDM 1000 eco: more powerful motor, greater distance between centers, greater weight. For more professional use with an integrated base, the KDH 1100 (128 kg) is correctly sized; for top-tier use, the CL range (218-228 kg with 4-speed step and 400V three-phase).\n\nThe KDM 1100 is available in a 230V single-phase version (for workshops without a three-phase line) and a 400V three-phase version (for industrial workshops). Mechanical characteristics are identical; only the motor's power supply changes. The 400V three-phase version is sized for workshops with an industrial three-phase line for better motor efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). With a weight of 92 kg, it can be moved by one person; the lathe is sized for placement on an existing robust workbench or on the included machine stand. Standard copying templates, additional tool rests, faceplates, live centers, original Bernardo accessories and spare parts available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the KDM 1100 (400V) is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArtisan with regular series production of turned parts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e92 kg machine with 0.75 kW (S1) motor for continuous use. 1,100 mm distance between centers and standard copying device. Digital display for speed control.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvanced hobbyist \/ semi-professional\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V three-phase power supply compatible with industrial three-phase lines (advantage for workshops with three-phase electrical cabinets).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTechnical school with professional workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSemi-professional machine with complete features (copying device, continuous adjustment, swivel headstock, digital display). For intensive use by multiple students, the 92 kg robustness is adequate.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e intensive daily professional use with large pieces (over Ø 370 mm or length over 1100 mm; the CL 1300\/1500 range is correctly sized); programmed CNC (Bernardo copying lathes are manual with a mechanical copying device, not numerical control); environments without adequate dust extraction (woodworking produces abundant chips and dust); copying profiles deeper than those specific to the machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning diameter over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 370 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCopying diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum copying length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e850 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500-2,000 rpm (continuous adjustment)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and tailstock\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM33 × 3.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.75 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital speed display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeadstock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwivel for off-bed operations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,650 × 750 × 1,150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e92 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo KDM 1100 (400V) copying lathe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCopying device for replicating templates and original parts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e300 mm tool rest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e150 mm faceplate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMT 2 live center\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrive center\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMachine stand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital speed display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContinuous\/multi-speed adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurning tool set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the copying device work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe copying device is a pantograph mechanism that allows a profile (wooden, metal template, or original part) to be replicated onto the blank workpiece to be turned. The operator guides a stylus along the template's profile, and the mechanical system transfers the movement to the cutting tool, which works the blank, reproducing the exact same shape. The KDM 1100 (400V) has copying capabilities: max length 850 mm, max diameter Ø 160 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePractical advantage for series production: without copying, each piece would require manual processing with continuous profile checks (e.g., using profile gauges, comparison rulers). With copying, the first piece is carefully machined to create the template, then all subsequent pieces are replicated identically in 30-90 seconds each. For productions of 10-100 identical pieces (e.g., sets of chair legs, candlesticks, railing balusters), the time saved is 70-90% compared to single manual processing. Copying templates can be made by the operator (from drawings or original pieces in hardwood for occasional use, or steel or aluminum sheet for continuous use) or purchased from suppliers of copying lathe accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the KDM 1100 (400V) and other copying lathes in the range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo copier range has 3 sub-categories: KDM (entry-level\/intermediate 68-92 kg, 0.55-0.75 kW motor), KDH (semi-pro 128 kg with integrated base, 0.75 kW motor), CL (top-of-the-range 218-228 kg with 4-speed step and 1.1 kW motor at 400V three-phase). The KDM 1100 (400V) is in the KDM category: entry-level\/intermediate for occasional or moderate regular use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo choose the right model, consider: required weight and robustness (occasional vs. continuous use), copying capacity (length\/diameter\/profile depth), preferred transmission type (continuous for speed variety or step for stability under load), available power supply (230V single-phase for standard craft workshops or 400V three-phase for industrial workshops). For most craft workshops with regular production, the KDM 1100 or KDH 1100 are correctly sized; for intensive professional production, the CL range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre copying templates included or purchased separately?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCopying templates are not included in the standard equipment: the machine comes with the copying device (pantograph mechanism) but the specific templates for each profile to be replicated must be made or purchased separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTemplates can be: made by the operator from drawings or original pieces (in hardwood for occasional use, or steel or aluminum sheet for continuous use); purchased from specialized suppliers of copying lathe accessories (standard templates for common profiles such as chair legs, candlesticks, balusters); derived from existing original pieces that are used directly as templates. For continuous use, it is recommended to make templates from steel sheet: superior durability (hundreds of copies without wear) and constant precision. For occasional use or small productions, hardwood templates are sufficient and more economical.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 230V\/400V power supply dual or does it require a choice?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe KDM 1100 (400V) is available in a dual 230V\/400V version: the operator can choose which power supply to use at the time of installation, depending on the electrical line available in the workshop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 230V single-phase version is sized for standard craft workshops; the 400V three-phase version for industrial workshops. Mechanical characteristics are identical; only the motor efficiency changes (the three-phase version has less vibration and longer life under continuous load). To choose: if the workshop has a 400V three-phase line available, use it. If only 230V single-phase, it is sufficient for most operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat spindle speed should be chosen for copying?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor copying, recommended speeds are slightly lower than for free turning, because the copying system imposes a more constant tool feed rate: softwoods (pine, spruce) and simple copying 800-1,500 rpm; hardwoods (beech, oak, walnut) and standard copying 500-900 rpm; exotic woods (mahogany, rosewood) or complex profiles 400-700 rpm. The KDM 1100 (400V) covers this range with its 500-2,000 rpm (continuous adjustment).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImportant: the optimal copying speed also depends on the workpiece diameter (large pieces require lower speeds to limit linear cutting speed), depth of the profile to be copied (deep profiles require lower speeds to limit the torque required by the tool), type of copying tool (standard HSS tools at medium speeds, carbide tools at higher speeds). For series production, it is recommended to record optimal speeds for each wood+profile combination on a work sheet for reference.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696491565384,"sku":"10-1095","price":927.24,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tornio_copiativo_KDM_1100_con_supporto_e_accessori_inclusi.jpg?v=1753110851"},{"product_id":"tornio-legno-db-450","title":"Bernardo Wood Lathe DB 450 – distance between centers 420 mm (up to 1070 mm with extension), Ø 300 mm over bed, M33 × 3.5 spindle, 0.55 kW 230V single-phase motor, LED display, weight 36 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo DB 450 woodturning lathe is sized for semi-professional hobbyists with continuous work requirements: complete equipment with integrated lighting and 24 indexing positions for precise workpiece clamping. Distance between centers 420 mm (extendable up to 1070 mm with optional extension), turning diameter over bed Ø 300 mm, over tool rest Ø 230 mm. Spindle speed 480-3,800 rpm (continuous adjustment, 2 ranges). Spindle thread M33 × 3.5 mm, tailstock taper MT 2, tailstock quill travel 50 mm. Motor 0.55 kW (S1) - 0.75 kW (S6) at 230V single-phase, weight 36 kg, machine dimensions 970 × 300 × 440 mm. LED display for digital speed readout. 24 indexing positions for precise workpiece clamping during complex operations. Integrated work light. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 420 mm (up to 1070 mm with extension)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurning diameter over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurning diameter over tool rest:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 230 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 480-3,800 rpm (continuous adjustment, 2 ranges)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle thread:\u003c\/strong\u003e M33 × 3.5 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTailstock taper:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTailstock quill travel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.55 kW (S1) \/ 0.75 kW (S6) - 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLED display:\u003c\/strong\u003e Digital speed readout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndexing positions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 positions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the DB 450 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo DB 450 is a semi-professional woodturning lathe from the DB category with distinctive features: integrated tool storage compartment and work light included as standard equipment, in addition to 24 indexing positions for precise workpiece clamping during complex operations (decorations, repeated profiling). Distance between centers 420 mm (extendable up to 1,070 mm with optional extension), turning diameter Ø 300 mm over bed and Ø 230 mm over tool rest. Continuously adjustable speed 480-3,800 rpm across 2 selectable ranges (480-1,800 \/ 900-3,800 rpm). Tailstock taper MT 2, motor 0.55 kW (S1) - 0.75 kW (S6) at 230V single-phase. LED display for real-time speed readout. Through-hole in tailstock for long workpiece processing, adjustable steel tool rest with quick-release lever. In Krollit customers' workshops, the DB 450 is chosen by semi-professional artisans who regularly produce decorative turned items: goblets, bowls with regular decorations, shaped handles, furniture feet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo wood lathe range is organized into 4 progressive categories by weight and features: DM (Drechselbank Mini, 20-38 kg) entry-level for hobbyists; DB (semi-pro 36 kg) compact with standard professional accessories; VDM (semi-pro 50 kg) intermediate with 3 speed ranges; HCL (High Cast iron Lathe, 125-212 kg) heavy professional with cast iron structure and integrated Delta frequency inverter.\n\nThe DB 450 is a compact semi-professional lathe: 36 kg with complete equipment (work light, 24 indexing positions, tool storage compartment). For producing larger pieces, the VDM 500 (50 kg, 3 speed ranges) or the professional HCL range (125+ kg) are correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). With a weight of 36 kg, it can be handled by one person; the lathe is sized for placement on an existing sturdy workbench (capacity 80+ kg). Additional tool rests, faceplates, live centers, bed extensions (for compatible models), original Bernardo accessories and spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the DB 450 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSemi-professional hobbyist \/ amateur craftsman\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete equipment with work light, 24 indexing positions, integrated tool storage compartment. Suitable for continuous use in a dedicated workshop.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFurniture restorer \/ craftsman specializing in small turned items\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe 24 indexing positions allow precise workpiece clamping to replicate repeated profiling (chair legs, candlesticks with recurring patterns). LED display for speed control.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTechnical school with professional workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSemi-professional machine suitable for advanced woodturning instruction. Adequate robustness for intensive use by multiple students.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e intensive daily professional use (the professional HCL range 125+ kg is correctly sized); large pieces over Ø 300 mm or over 1070 mm in length; three-phase 400V power supply (Bernardo wood lathes are only 230V single-phase); CNC programmed turning (Bernardo lathes are manual); environments without adequate chip extraction (woodworking produces abundant chips and dust requiring adequate extraction).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e420 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance with extension (optional)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1070 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning diameter over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning diameter over tool rest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 230 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e480-3,800 rpm (continuous adjustment, 2 ranges)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLow range (L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e480-1,800 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh range (H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900-3,800 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and tailstock\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM33 × 3.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.55 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.75 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V single-phase \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLED display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital speed readout\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndexing positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWork light\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTool storage compartment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e970 × 300 × 440 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo DB 450 wood lathe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e150 mm tool rest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e80 mm faceplate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrive center\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLive center\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED speed indicator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated work light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated tool storage compartment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the DB 450 and the lower\/higher models in the range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo wood lathe range is organized into 4 categories: DM (entry-level mini, 20-38 kg), DB (semi-pro 36 kg with light and 24 indexing positions), VDM (intermediate 50 kg, 3 speed ranges), HCL (professional 125-212 kg with inverter or DC motor and heavy cast iron structure). The DB 450 is positioned in the DB HOBBY category: a compact semi-professional lathe with complete equipment (light, 24 indexing positions, tool compartment).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDistinctive features of the DB 450: Integrated tool storage compartment and work light included as standard equipment. 24 indexing positions for precise workpiece clamping. To choose the right model, consider: weight of the workpiece, frequency of use, precision requirements, availability of dedicated accessories (light, indexing). For most artisan workshops, a mid-range model (VDM 500 or HCL 600 P) balances capacity and price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich spindle speed should I choose for each type of wood?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGeneral guidelines for spindle speed based on wood type and workpiece diameter: softwoods (pine, spruce) and small pieces require high speeds (1,500-3,000 rpm), hardwoods (beech, oak, cherry) and medium pieces require medium speeds (700-1,500 rpm), very large pieces (Ø over 200 mm) or exotic woods require low speeds (300-700 rpm) for rotational control. The DB 450 covers this range with its 480-3,800 rpm (continuous adjustment, 2 ranges).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImportant: safety in woodturning requires lower speeds for large or unbalanced pieces. An unbalanced raw piece at high speed causes vibrations and a risk of the piece being thrown. Standard procedure: start at low speed to balance the piece (roughing), then gradually increase the speed as the piece becomes more cylindrical. For exotic woods or pieces of uncertain origin (branches, stumps), always start with minimum speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the machine already complete, or do I need additional accessories?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard equipment includes: complete machine, tool rests (one or more standard sizes), faceplate, drive center, live center, LED display, integrated work light, integrated tool storage compartment, turning tool set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOptional accessories typically purchased separately: bed extensions for longer pieces (compatible with models that allow it), tool rests of different lengths, faceplates of larger diameters, self-centering wood chucks (compatible with M33 thread), additional turning tool sets (roughing, finishing, gouges, specific profiles), external turning accessories (for pieces that do not fit between centers). For most standard operations, the basic equipment is sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat does M33 × 3.5 mm spindle thread mean and why is it important?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eM33 × 3.5 mm is the standard spindle thread for the Bernardo wood lathe range. Dimensions: 33 mm diameter with 3.5 mm pitch. It is the European market standard for hobby and semi-professional lathes, compatible with most woodturning accessories available on the market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePractical advantage: the M33 thread allows you to purchase self-centering chucks, faceplates, external turning accessories, and other accessories from different suppliers (Bernardo, Holzmann, Record Power, Axminster) without compatibility issues. For lathes from other brands with non-standard threads (e.g., 1\" × 8 TPI American, M30 × 3.5 of some industrial lathes), accessories are limited to those from the original manufacturer. All Bernardo wood lathes in the DM\/DB\/VDM\/HCL range have the same M33 × 3.5 mm thread: accessories are interchangeable between different models.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need a dedicated extraction system for the lathe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended yes, especially for continuous use. Woodturning produces chips and dust of variable diameter (from large chips to fine wood dust). Large chips fall into the area under the machine, fine dust disperses into the workshop air.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor occasional use (a few hours a week), manual cleaning may be sufficient. For continuous use, a filter bag extractor (e.g., Bernardo DC range) connected to the integrated extraction port on many lathes (or positioned near the turning area for ambient capture) is correctly sized. Important: fine dust from hardwood (beech, oak, mahogany) is carcinogenic upon prolonged inhalation; effective extraction is recommended for operator health. For exotic woods (rosewood, ebony), even greater care is needed: also use FFP3 masks in addition to extraction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696497594696,"sku":"10-1077","price":481.67,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tornio_DB_450_compatto_e_professionale.jpg?v=1753190048"},{"product_id":"tornio-per-legno-hcl-1200-230v","title":"Bernardo HCL 1200 wood lathe – 1200 mm distance between centers, 450 mm Ø over bed, M33 × 3.5 spindle, 1.5 kW 230V single-phase motor, Delta inverter, LED display, 186 kg weight","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HCL 1200 wood lathe is sized for professional artisans, woodturners, and technical vocational schools. It is the largest in the HCL line with capacity for large workpieces. It has a distance between centers of 1200 mm, a turning diameter over the bed of Ø 450 mm, and over the tool rest of Ø 350 mm. The spindle speed is 0-3,200 rpm (continuous, 2 ranges with Delta inverter). Spindle thread is M33 × 3.5 mm, tailstock taper is MT 2, and tailstock quill travel is 110 mm. The motor is 1.5 kW (S1) - 2.2 kW (S6) at 230V single-phase, with a weight of 186 kg and machine dimensions of 2,100 × 550 × 1,300 mm. An integrated Delta frequency inverter provides maximum torque at low speeds. A LED display shows the digital speed. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1200 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurning diameter over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 450 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurning diameter over tool rest:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 350 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0-3,200 rpm (continuous, 2 ranges with Delta inverter)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle thread:\u003c\/strong\u003e M33 × 3.5 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTailstock taper:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTailstock quill travel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 110 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5 kW (S1) \/ 2.2 kW (S6) - 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInverter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Delta frequency, continuous regulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLED display:\u003c\/strong\u003e Digital speed display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 186 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the HCL 1200 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HCL 1200 is the top of the professional HCL range, weighing 186 kg. Fixed distance between centers of 1,200 mm: sized for turning very long workpieces (table legs, shelves, large candlesticks, decorative panels). Standard features of the HCL 1200: turning diameter Ø 450 mm over the bed and Ø 350 mm over the tool rest. Positioned as the standard model of the large HCL range: for larger diameter requirements (over Ø 500 mm), the HCL 1200 Top is correctly sized. Integrated Delta frequency inverter for continuous electronic speed control over 2 ranges (0-1,300\/3,200 rpm). High concentricity spindle thanks to precision machining. Tailstock taper MT 2, motor 1.5 kW (S1) - 2.2 kW (S6). LED display for speed visualization, tailstock with long travel (110 mm) and quick-lock lever on the bed. Compatible with optional accessories for outboard turning. In Krollit customer workshops, the HCL 1200 range is chosen by woodturners, professional artisans producing turned furniture, technical vocational schools with advanced workshops, and restorers specializing in reconstructing turned parts for antique furniture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo wood lathe range is organized into 4 progressive categories by weight and features: DM (Drechselbank Mini, 20-38 kg) entry-level for hobbyists; DB (semi-pro 36 kg) compact with standard professional accessories; VDM (semi-pro 50 kg) intermediate with 3 speed ranges; HCL (High Cast iron Lathe, 125-212 kg) heavy professional with cast iron structure and integrated Delta frequency inverter. \n\nThe HCL 1200 is the standard model of the large HCL range: 186 kg, 1,200 mm distance between centers, and Ø 450 mm turning diameter over the bed. For larger diameter requirements (over Ø 500 mm), the HCL 1200 Top (Ø 560 mm) is correctly sized. For smaller pieces and less intensive production, the HCL 600 P\/620 range (125-150 kg) is significantly more economical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). With a weight of 186 kg, it requires a pallet jack or two to three people to carefully unload. The machine is supplied WITH an integrated base (a distinctive feature of the professional HCL range). Additional tool rests, faceplates of different diameters, live centers, bed extensions, and original Bernardo outboard turning accessories are available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the HCL 1200 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWoodturner specializing in furniture turning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,200 mm distance between centers for very long workpieces (table legs, large candlesticks, shelves). Ø 450 mm turning diameter over the bed for large workpieces. Integrated Delta inverter.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional artisan producing turned furniture\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e186 kg machine with cast iron structure for stability in machining large workpieces and hardwoods. 1.5 kW (S1) - 2.2 kW (S6) motor for adequate torque on heavy workpieces.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRestorer of antique furniture specializing in turned pieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity for turning long and large diameter workpieces for reconstructing parts of antique furniture (antique table legs, bed columns). Forward and reverse turning for special accessories.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e simple occasional hobby use (oversized; the DM 305 V\/450\/450 V range is significantly more economical); three-phase 400V power supply (Bernardo wood lathes are only 230V single-phase); programmed CNC for turning (Bernardo lathes are manual); environments without adequate chip extraction (woodworking produces abundant chips and dust requiring adequate extraction).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning diameter over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 450 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning diameter over tool rest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 350 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0-3,200 rpm (continuous, 2 ranges with Delta inverter)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLow range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0-1,300 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0-3,200 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInverter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelta frequency, continuous regulation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and tailstock\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM33 × 3.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V single-phase \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLED display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital speed display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,100 × 550 × 1,300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e186 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo HCL 1200 wood lathe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e360 mm tool rest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e150 mm faceplate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrive center\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLive center\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED speed indicator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDelta frequency inverter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the HCL 1200 and the lower\/higher models in the range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo wood lathe range is organized into 4 categories: DM (entry-level mini, 20-38 kg), DB (semi-pro 36 kg with light and 24 indexing positions), VDM (intermediate 50 kg, 3 speed ranges), HCL (professional 125-212 kg with inverter or DC motor and heavy cast iron structure). The HCL 1200 is positioned in the HCL LARGE category: a large professional model in the HCL range with a 1,200 mm distance between centers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDistinctive features of the HCL 1200: Fixed 1,200 mm distance between centers for very long workpieces. Integrated Delta inverter. Ø 450 mm turning diameter over the bed. To choose the right model, consider: workpiece weight, frequency of use, precision requirements, presence of dedicated accessories (light, indexing). For most artisan workshops, a mid-range model (VDM 500 or HCL 600 P) balances capacity and price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich spindle speed should I choose for each type of wood?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGeneral guidelines for spindle speed based on wood type and workpiece diameter: softwoods (pine, spruce) and small workpieces use high speeds (1,500-3,000 rpm), hardwoods (beech, oak, cherry) and medium workpieces use medium speeds (700-1,500 rpm), very large workpieces (Ø over 200 mm) or exotic woods use low speeds (300-700 rpm) for rotation control. The HCL 1200 covers this range with its 0-3,200 rpm (continuous, 2 ranges with Delta inverter).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImportant: safety in woodturning requires lower speeds for large or unbalanced workpieces. An unbalanced rough workpiece at high speed causes vibrations and a risk of the workpiece being thrown. Standard procedure: start at low speed to balance the workpiece (roughing), then gradually increase the speed as the workpiece becomes more cylindrical. For exotic woods or workpieces of uncertain origin (branches, stumps), always start with minimum speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the machine already complete or do I need additional accessories?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard equipment includes: complete machine, tool rest (one or more standard sizes), faceplate, drive center, live center, integrated Delta inverter, LED display, turning tool set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOptional accessories typically purchased separately: bed extensions for longer workpieces (compatible with models that allow it), tool rests of different lengths, faceplates of larger diameters, self-centering wood chucks (compatible with M33 thread), additional turning tool sets (roughing, finishing, gouges, specific profiles), outboard turning accessories (for workpieces that do not pass between centers). For most standard operations, the basic equipment is sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat does M33 × 3.5 mm spindle thread mean and why is it important?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eM33 × 3.5 mm is the standard spindle thread for the Bernardo wood lathe range. Dimensions: 33 mm diameter with a 3.5 mm pitch. It is the European market standard for hobby and semi-professional lathes, compatible with most woodturning accessories available on the market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePractical advantage: the M33 thread allows you to purchase self-centering chucks, faceplates, outboard turning accessories, and other accessories from various suppliers (Bernardo, Holzmann, Record Power, Axminster) without compatibility issues. For lathes of other brands with non-standard threads (e.g., 1\"×8 TPI American, M30×3.5 of some industrial lathes), accessories are limited to those from the original manufacturer. All Bernardo wood lathes in the DM\/DB\/VDM\/HCL range have the same M33 × 3.5 mm thread: accessories are interchangeable between different models.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need a dedicated dust extraction system for the lathe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended yes, especially for continuous use. Woodturning produces chips and dust of varying diameters (from large chips to fine wood dust). Large chips fall into the area under the machine, fine dust disperses into the workshop air.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor occasional use (a few hours a week), manual cleaning may be sufficient. For continuous use, a filter bag extractor (e.g., Bernardo DC range) connected to the integrated extraction port on many lathes (or positioned near the turning area for ambient capture) is correctly sized. Important: fine hardwood dust (beech, oak, mahogany) is carcinogenic with prolonged inhalation; effective extraction is recommended for operator health. For exotic woods (rosewood, ebony), even greater care is needed: use FFP3 masks in addition to extraction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696502280520,"sku":"10-1185","price":2257.07,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tornio_per_legno_HCL_1200_con_regolazione_elettronica.jpg?v=1753189359"},{"product_id":"tornio-per-legno-hcl-620-230v","title":"Bernardo HCL 620 Wood Lathe – 620 mm center distance (up to 1200 mm with extension), Ø 400 mm over bed, M33 × 3.5 spindle, 1.1 kW 230V single-phase motor, Delta inverter, LED display, 150 kg weight","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HCL 620 wood lathe is designed for experienced craftsmen, semi-professionals, and professional artisan workshops with continuous use. It features a heavy cast iron structure and a high-power motor. The distance between centers is 620 mm (extendable up to 1200 mm with an optional extension), with a turning diameter over the bed of Ø 400 mm, and over the tool rest of Ø 310 mm. Spindle speed is 0-3,000 rpm (continuous, 2 ranges with Delta inverter). Spindle thread is M33 × 3.5 mm, tailstock taper is MK 2, and tailstock quill travel is 105 mm. The motor is 1.1 kW (S1) - 1.5 kW (S6) at 230V single-phase, weighing 150 kg, with machine dimensions of 1,480 × 520 × 1,200 mm. An integrated Delta frequency inverter ensures maximum torque at low speeds. A LED display provides digital speed visualization. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 620 mm (up to 1200 mm with extension)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurning diameter over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 400 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurning diameter over tool rest:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 310 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0-3,000 rpm (continuous, 2 ranges with Delta inverter)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle thread:\u003c\/strong\u003e M33 × 3.5 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTailstock taper:\u003c\/strong\u003e MK 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTailstock quill travel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 105 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.1 kW (S1) \/ 1.5 kW (S6) - 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInverter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Delta frequency, continuous adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLED display:\u003c\/strong\u003e Digital speed display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the HCL 620 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HCL 620 is a wood lathe in the HCL category (High Cast iron Lathe), a professional range with a heavy cast iron structure for superior stability. The HCL 620: weighs 150 kg, has a distance between centers of 620 mm (extendable up to 1,200 mm), a turning diameter of Ø 400 mm over the bed and Ø 310 mm over the tool rest. A distinctive feature is the integrated Delta frequency inverter for continuous electronic speed adjustment across 2 ranges (0-1,350 \/ 0-3,000 rpm) with maximum torque at low speeds (a crucial feature for turning large pieces and hard woods). Forward and reverse turning is included. Suitable for professional craftsmen with intensive daily use and the production of medium to large pieces. Spindle thread M33 × 3.5 mm, standard MK 2 tailstock taper. Through-hole in the tailstock for long pieces, quick-locking lever. In Krollit customers' workshops, the HCL compact range is chosen by professional craftsmen with regular production, vocational technical schools with dedicated turning workshops, and semi-professionals producing high-quality decorative items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo wood lathe range is organized into 4 progressive categories by weight and features: DM (Drechselbank Mini, 20-38 kg) entry-level for hobbyists; DB (semi-pro 36 kg) compact with standard professional accessories; VDM (semi-pro 50 kg) intermediate with 3 speed ranges; HCL (High Cast iron Lathe, 125-212 kg) heavy-duty professional with cast iron structure and integrated Delta frequency inverter. \n\nThe HCL 620 is the compact model with Delta inverter: 150 kg with continuous electronic control and higher torque at low speeds. Difference with HCL 600 P: the 600 P has a DC motor, the 620 has an integrated Delta frequency inverter. For very long pieces (over 1,200 mm), the HCL 1200\/1200 Top is the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). With a weight of 150 kg, it requires a pallet jack or two to three people for careful unloading. The machine is supplied WITH an integrated base (a distinctive feature of the professional HCL range). Additional tool rests, faceplates of different diameters, live centers, bed extensions, and original Bernardo external turning accessories are available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the HCL 620 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional craftsman with daily production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional 150 kg lathe with heavy cast iron structure for continuous use. Delta inverter with maximum torque at low speeds.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVocational technical school\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional machine with complete features suitable for advanced teaching. Robustness for intensive use by multiple students in dedicated workshops.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarpenter specializing in decorative turned pieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers 620 mm (extendable up to 1200 mm) and diameter Ø 400 mm over the bed for medium-sized pieces. For very long pieces (over 1,200 mm), the HCL 1200\/1200 Top is correctly sized.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e occasional simple hobby use (oversized; DM 305 V\/450\/450 V range is significantly more economical); three-phase 400V power supply (Bernardo wood lathes are only 230V single-phase); CNC programmed for turning (Bernardo lathes are manual); environments without adequate chip extraction (woodworking produces abundant chips and dust requiring adequate extraction).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e620 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance with extension (optional)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning diameter over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning diameter over tool rest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 310 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0-3,000 rpm (continuous, 2 ranges with Delta inverter)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLow range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0-1,350 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0-3,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInverter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelta frequency, continuous adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and tailstock\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM33 × 3.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMK 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e105 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V single-phase \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLED display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital speed display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRight\/left turning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,480 × 520 × 1,200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo HCL 620 wood lathe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e300 mm tool rest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e150 mm faceplate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrive center\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLive center\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED speed indicator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDelta frequency inverter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the HCL 620 and the lower\/higher models in the range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo wood lathe range is organized into 4 categories: DM (entry-level mini, 20-38 kg), DB (semi-pro 36 kg with light and 24 indexing positions), VDM (intermediate 50 kg, 3 speed ranges), HCL (professional 125-212 kg with inverter or DC motor and heavy cast iron structure). The HCL 620 is positioned in the HCL COMPACT category: a professional compact model in the HCL range with a Delta inverter and forward\/reverse turning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDistinctive features of the HCL 620: Integrated Delta frequency inverter for maximum torque at low speeds. Forward and reverse turning included. To choose the right model, consider: weight of the workpiece, frequency of use, precision requirements, availability of dedicated accessories (light, indexing positions). For most artisan workshops, a mid-range model (VDM 500 or HCL 600 P) balances capacity and price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich spindle speed should be chosen for each type of wood?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGeneral guidelines for spindle speed based on wood type and workpiece diameter: softwoods (pine, spruce) and small pieces require high speeds (1,500-3,000 rpm), hardwoods (beech, oak, cherry) and medium pieces require medium speeds (700-1,500 rpm), very large pieces (Ø over 200 mm) or exotic woods require low speeds (300-700 rpm) for rotational control. The HCL 620 covers a range of 0-3,000 rpm (continuous, 2 ranges with Delta inverter).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImportant: safety in using a wood lathe requires lower speeds for large or unbalanced pieces. An unbalanced rough piece at high speed causes vibrations and the risk of the piece being ejected. Standard procedure: start at low speed to bring the piece into balance (roughing), then gradually increase speed as the piece becomes more cylindrical. For exotic woods or pieces of uncertain origin (branches, stumps), always start at minimum speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the machine already complete, or are additional accessories needed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard equipment includes: complete machine, tool rest (one or more standard sizes), faceplate, drive center, live center, integrated Delta inverter, LED display, turning tool set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOptional accessories typically purchased separately: bed extensions for longer pieces (compatible with models that allow it), tool rests of different lengths, faceplates of larger diameters, self-centering chucks for wood (compatible with M33 thread), additional turning tool sets (roughing, finishing, gouges, specific profiles), external turning accessories (for pieces that do not pass through the centers). For most standard work, the basic equipment is sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat does M33 × 3.5 mm spindle thread mean, and why is it important?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eM33 × 3.5 mm is the standard spindle thread for the Bernardo wood lathe range. Dimensions: 33 mm diameter with a 3.5 mm pitch. It is the European market standard for hobby and semi-professional lathes, compatible with most woodturning accessories available on the market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePractical advantage: M33 thread allows you to purchase self-centering chucks, faceplates, external turning accessories, and other accessories from various suppliers (Bernardo, Holzmann, Record Power, Axminster) without compatibility issues. For lathes from other brands with non-standard threads (e.g., 1\"×8 TPI American, M30×3.5 of some industrial lathes), accessories are limited to those from the original manufacturer. All Bernardo wood lathes in the DM\/DB\/VDM\/HCL range have the same M33 × 3.5 mm thread: accessories are interchangeable between different models.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a dedicated dust extraction system needed for the lathe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended, especially for continuous use. Woodturning produces chips and dust of varying diameters (from large chips to fine wood dust). Large chips fall into the area under the machine, while fine dust disperses into the workshop air.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor occasional use (a few hours a week), manual cleaning may suffice. For continuous use, a bag filter dust extractor (e.g., Bernardo DC range) connected to the integrated extraction port on many lathes (or positioned near the turning area for ambient capture) is correctly sized. Important: fine dust from hardwoods (beech, oak, mahogany) is carcinogenic with prolonged inhalation; effective extraction is recommended for operator health. For exotic woods (rosewood, ebony), even greater care is needed: also use FFP3 masks in addition to extraction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696508703048,"sku":"10-1183","price":2067.97,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tornio_per_legno_compatto_HCL_620_con_inverter.jpg?v=1753196281"},{"product_id":"tornio-per-legno-vdm-500-230v","title":"Bernardo VDM 500 wood lathe – distance between centres 520 mm, Ø 360 mm over bed, M33 × 3.5 spindle, 0.75 kW 230V single-phase motor, LED display, weight 50 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo VDM 500 wood lathe is sized for advanced hobbyists and semi-professionals who demand precision and flexibility: three speed ranges for optimal adaptation to different workpieces and woods. Distance between centers 520 mm, turning diameter over bed Ø 360 mm, over support Ø 260 mm. Spindle speed 250-3,550 rpm (continuous adjustment, 3 ranges). Spindle thread M33 × 3.5 mm, tailstock taper MK 2, tailstock quill travel 70 mm. Motor 0.75 kW (S1) - 1.1 kW (S6) at 230V single-phase, weight 50 kg, machine dimensions 1,100 × 450 × 500 mm. LED display for digital speed readout. 24 indexing positions for precise workpiece locking during complex operations. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 520 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurning diameter over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 360 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurning diameter over tool rest:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 260 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 250-3,550 rpm (continuous adjustment, 3 ranges)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle thread:\u003c\/strong\u003e M33 × 3.5 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTailstock taper:\u003c\/strong\u003e MK 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTailstock quill travel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.75 kW (S1) \/ 1.1 kW (S6) - 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLED display:\u003c\/strong\u003e Digital speed readout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndexing positions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 positions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the VDM 500 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo VDM 500 is a semi-professional wood lathe in the VDM category, weighing 50 kg, positioned as an intermediate lathe between the compact DB range and the heavy-duty professional HCL range. Distance between centers 520 mm, turning diameter Ø 360 mm over bed and Ø 260 mm over tool rest: capacity for medium-large workpieces suitable for advanced hobbyist production. A distinctive feature of the VDM 500: continuous electronic speed control with 3 selectable RANGES (250-720 \/ 600-1,700 \/ 1,200-3,550 rpm). The 3 ranges are sized for: low range for torque on large workpieces and hardwoods, medium range for standard turning, high range for finishing small workpieces. Forward and reverse turning included for operations with milling cutters and special accessories. LED display for speed indication, 24 indexing positions for precise workpiece positioning. Tailstock taper MK 2, motor 0.75 kW (S1) - 1.1 kW (S6). In Krollit customer workshops, the VDM 500 is chosen by advanced hobbyists with regular production of decorative turnings, semi-professionals working with various woods (beech, oak, cherry, walnut), and technical schools with advanced workshops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo wood lathe range is organized into 4 progressive categories by weight and features: DM (Drechselbank Mini, 20-38 kg) entry-level for hobbies; DB (semi-pro 36 kg) compact with standard professional accessories; VDM (semi-pro 50 kg) intermediate with 3 speed ranges; HCL (High Cast iron Lathe, 125-212 kg) heavy-duty professional with cast iron structure and integrated Delta frequency inverter. \n\nThe VDM 500 is intermediate semi-professional: 50 kg with 3 speed ranges. Positioned between the DB 450 (36 kg, 2 ranges) and the HCL 600 P (125 kg, 3 ranges with DC motor). For intensive daily professional production with long workpieces, the HCL 600 P\/620 range is correctly sized; for very large and long workpieces (over 1 m), the HCL 1200\/1200 Top is correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). With a weight of 50 kg, it can be handled by one person; the lathe is sized for placement on an existing robust workbench (capacity 80+ kg). Additional tool rests, faceplates, live centers, bed extensions (for compatible models), original Bernardo accessories and spare parts available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the VDM 500 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvanced hobbyist with dedicated workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree speed ranges for adaptation to a variety of woods and sizes. 24 indexing positions for precise positioning. LED display for speed readout.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSemi-professional with regular production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity Ø 360 mm over bed, 0.75 kW (S1) motor. Intermediate machine between the compact DB range and the heavy-duty HCL range.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTechnical school with diverse teaching needs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree speed ranges allow teaching of different techniques (high speed for finishing, medium for standard turning, low for hardwoods). Forward and reverse turning included.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e occasional simple hobby use (oversized; DM 305 V\/450\/450 V range is significantly cheaper); three-phase 400V power supply (Bernardo wood lathes are only 230V single-phase); CNC programmed turning (Bernardo lathes are manual); environments without adequate chip extraction (woodworking produces abundant chips and dust that require adequate extraction).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e520 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning diameter over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 360 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning diameter over tool rest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250-3,550 rpm (continuous adjustment, 3 ranges)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLow range (L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250-720 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium range (M)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600-1,700 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh range (H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,200-3,550 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and tailstock\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM33 × 3.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMK 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.75 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V single-phase \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLED display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital speed readout\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndexing positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eForward\/reverse turning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,100 × 450 × 500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo VDM 500 wood lathe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e200 mm tool rest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e100 mm faceplate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrive center\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLive center\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED speed indicator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the VDM 500 and the lower\/higher models in the range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo wood lathe range is organized into 4 categories: DM (entry-level mini, 20-38 kg), DB (semi-pro 36 kg with light and 24 indexing positions), VDM (intermediate 50 kg, 3 speed ranges), HCL (professional 125-212 kg with inverter or DC motor and heavy cast iron structure). The VDM 500 is positioned in the VDM category: an intermediate semi-professional lathe with 3 speed ranges and forward\/reverse turning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDistinctive features of the VDM 500: Three speed ranges for optimal adaptation to a variety of woods and sizes. Forward and reverse turning included for use with special accessories. 24 indexing positions for precise positioning. To choose the right model, consider: weight of the workpiece, frequency of use, precision requirements, presence of dedicated accessories (light, indexing). For most artisan workshops, a mid-range model (VDM 500 or HCL 600 P) balances capacity and price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich spindle speed should I choose for each type of wood?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGeneral guidelines for spindle speed based on wood type and workpiece diameter: softwoods (pine, spruce) and small workpieces high speeds (1,500-3,000 rpm), hardwoods (beech, oak, cherry) and medium workpieces medium speeds (700-1,500 rpm), very large workpieces (Ø over 200 mm) or exotic woods low speeds (300-700 rpm) for rotation control. The VDM 500 covers this range with its 250-3,550 rpm (continuous adjustment, 3 ranges).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImportant: safety in woodturning requires lower speeds for large or unbalanced workpieces. An unbalanced rough workpiece at high speed causes vibrations and the risk of the workpiece being thrown. Standard procedure: start at low speed to balance the workpiece (roughing), then gradually increase the speed as the workpiece becomes more cylindrical. For exotic woods or workpieces of uncertain origin (branches, stumps), always start with minimum speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the machine already complete, or do I need additional accessories?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard equipment includes: complete machine, tool rest (one or more standard sizes), faceplate, drive center, live center, LED display, turning tool set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOptional accessories typically purchased separately: bed extensions for longer workpieces (compatible with models that allow it), tool rests of different lengths, faceplates of larger diameters, self-centering wood chucks (compatible with M33 thread), additional turning tool sets (roughing, finishing, coves, specific profiles), external turning accessories (for workpieces that do not fit between centers). For most standard operations, the basic equipment is sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat does M33 × 3.5 mm spindle thread mean and why is it important?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eM33 × 3.5 mm is the standard spindle thread for the Bernardo wood lathe range. Dimensions: 33 mm diameter with a 3.5 mm pitch. It is the European market standard for hobbyist and semi-professional lathes, compatible with most woodturning accessories available on the market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePractical advantage: M33 thread allows you to purchase self-centering chucks, faceplates, external turning accessories, and other accessories from different suppliers (Bernardo, Holzmann, Record Power, Axminster) without compatibility problems. For lathes from other brands with non-standard threads (e.g., 1\"×8 TPI American, M30×3.5 of some industrial lathes), accessories are limited to those from the original manufacturer. All Bernardo wood lathes in the DM\/DB\/VDM\/HCL range have the same M33 × 3.5 mm thread: accessories are interchangeable between different models.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a dedicated dust extraction system needed for the lathe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended, especially for continuous use. Woodturning produces chips and dust of varying diameters (from large chips to fine wood dust). Large chips fall into the area below the machine, fine dust disperses into the workshop air.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor occasional use (a few hours a week), manual cleaning may be sufficient. For continuous use, a bag filter extractor (e.g., Bernardo DC range) connected to the integrated dust extraction port on many lathes (or positioned near the turning area for ambient capture) is correctly sized. Important: fine dust from hardwood (beech, oak, mahogany) is carcinogenic with prolonged inhalation; effective extraction is recommended for operator health. For exotic woods (rosewood, ebony), even greater care is needed: also use FFP3 masks in addition to extraction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696513749320,"sku":"10-1078","price":890.62,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tornio_per_legno_compatto_VDM_500_con_velocit_variabile.jpg?v=1753196623"},{"product_id":"tornio-per-legno-hcl-610-s-230-v","title":"Bernardo Wood Lathe HCL 610 S - 230 V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HCL 610 S - 230 V is a professional wood lathe, with 610 mm distance between centers, 0.75 kW (1.1 HP) motor, and a weight of 110 kg. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance between centers: 610 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwing over bed: 325 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwing over support: 220 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle speed: 0 – 3000 rpm (stepless adjustment)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle thread: M 33 x 3.5 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTailstock taper: MT 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTailstock travel: 55 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor power S1 100%: 0.75 kW (1.1 HP)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the HCL 610 S - 230 V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eArtisan wood turners and joinery workshops use the HCL 610 S - 230 V for turning chair legs, vases, bowls, and decorative items, creating turned elements for furniture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HCL 610 S - 230 V is part of the Bernardo wood lathe range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer assistance in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the HCL 610 S - 230 V for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArtisan wood turners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning chair legs, vases, bowls, and decorative items\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJoinery workshops and restoration labs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCreation of turned elements for furniture and historical reconstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal turning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dedicated to wood: metal turning requires specific lathes with adequate torque and speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal turning (machine dedicated to wood: metal turning requires specific lathes with adequate torque and speed).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e610 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 3000 rpm (stepless adjustment)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM 33 x 3.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1270 x 480 x 1080 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.75 kW (1.1 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 kW (1.5 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e325 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat size workpiece can the HCL 610 S - 230 V turn?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Distance between centers\" and \"Max. swing over bed\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBenchtop lathes handle workpieces up to 700-1,000 mm between centers; professional models reach 1,500 mm and beyond. For large diameter bowls, check the free overhang.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the spindle speed adjustable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, adjustment is either via belt change (stepped) or electronic variable speed (Vario) depending on the model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLow speeds (200-500 rpm) are for large diameter workpieces or roughing, high speeds (1,500-3,000 rpm) for finishing small workpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat spindle taper does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically M33x3.5 thread or MK 2 on the spindle. Check the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard tapers allow the use of interchangeable accessories (self-centering chucks for bowls, live centers, etc.) available on the market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat motor power does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Motor power\" in the technical table: typically 0.5-2 kW.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor intensive turning of large workpieces, at least 1.5 kW is needed. Hobby benchtop models range from 0.3 to 0.75 kW for occasional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the machine weigh?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrom approximately 30 kg (mini-lathes) to over 200 kg (professional models with stands).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor intensive use, a lathe weighing over 80 kg is recommended to dampen vibrations and ensure machining precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50697656172872,"sku":"10-11825","price":2103.07,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tornio_per_legno_professionale_HCL_610_S_con_servomotore_e_struttura_in_ghisa.jpg?v=1753197667"},{"product_id":"tornio-per-legno-hcl-800-d-230-v","title":"Bernardo Wood Lathe HCL 800 D - 230 V","description":"\u003cp\u003eBernardo HCL 800 D - 230 V is a wood lathe for professional use, with a distance between centers of 800 mm, a 2.2 kW (3.0 HP) motor, and a weight of 241 kg. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance between centers: 800 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance between centers with extension*: 1270 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwing over bed: 508 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwing over tool rest: 400 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle speed: 0 – 1350 rpm \/ 0 – 3550 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpeed adjustment: Continuous, 2 steps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle thread: M 33 x 3.5 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTailstock taper: MT 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the HCL 800 D - 230 V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eArtisan woodturners and carpentry shops use the HCL 800 D - 230 V for turning chair legs, vases, bowls, and decorative objects, as well as for producing turned elements for furniture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HCL 800 D - 230 V is part of the Bernardo range of wood lathes, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the machine suitable for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance in selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the HCL 800 D - 230 V for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArtisan woodturners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning chair legs, vases, bowls, and decorative objects\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarpentry shops and restoration workshops\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduction of turned elements for furniture and historical reconstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal turning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dedicated to wood: specific lathes with adequate torque and speed are needed for metals\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal turning (machine dedicated to wood: specific lathes with adequate torque and speed are needed for metals).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers with extension*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1270 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 1350 rpm \/ 0 – 3550 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous, 2 steps\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM 33 x 3.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1800 x 570 x 1280 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW (3.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW (4.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e508 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over tool rest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e241 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat size workpiece can the HCL 800 D - 230 V turn?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Distance between centers\" and \"Max diameter over bed\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBench lathes handle workpieces up to 700-1,000 mm between centers; professional models reach 1,500 mm and beyond. For large diameter bowls, check the free overhang.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the spindle speed adjustable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, adjustment via belt change (stepped) or electronic variator (Vario) depending on the model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLow speeds (200-500 rpm) for large diameter workpieces or roughing, high speeds (1,500-3,000 rpm) for finishing small workpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat spindle mount does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically M33x3.5 thread or MK 2 on the spindle. Check the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard mounts allow the use of interchangeable accessories (self-centering chucks for bowls, live centers, etc.) available on the market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat motor power does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Motor power\" in the technical table: typically 0.5-2 kW.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor intensive turning of large workpieces, at least 1.5 kW is needed. Hobby bench models range from 0.3 to 0.75 kW for occasional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the machine weigh?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrom about 30 kg (mini-lathes) to over 200 kg (professional with base).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor intensive use, a lathe weighing over 80 kg is recommended to dampen vibrations and ensure machining precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50697658499400,"sku":"10-11835","price":2854.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tornio_per_legno_HCL_800_D_con_inverter_Delta_e_regolazione_continua.jpg?v=1753198397"},{"product_id":"tornio-per-legno-laguna-revo-1216","title":"Laguna Revo 1216 Wood Lathe","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Laguna Revo 1216 is a wood lathe for professional use, with a distance between centers of 390 mm, a 750 W motor, and a weight of 56.3 kg. Krollit has been an official Laguna distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: REVO 1216\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended use: Professional production\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower (230 V): 750 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpeed (3 ranges): 50–525 \/ 325–1750 \/ 650–3500 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax working diameter: 310 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance between centers: 390 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle thread: M33 × 3.5 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeadstock \/ Tailstock taper: MK2 \/ MK2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Revo 1216 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eArtisan woodturners and carpentry workshops use the Revo 1216 for turning chair legs, vases, bowls, and decorative objects, including the creation of turned elements for furniture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Laguna range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Laguna Revo 1216 is part of the Laguna wood lathe range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Laguna range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Laguna catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian is available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Revo 1216 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArtisan woodturners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning chair legs, vases, bowls, and decorative objects\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarpentry workshops and restoration labs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCreation of turned elements for furniture and historical reconstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal turning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dedicated to wood: metal requires specific lathes with adequate torque and speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal turning (machine dedicated to wood: metal requires specific lathes with adequate torque and speed).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed (3 ranges)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50–525 \/ 325–1750 \/ 650–3500 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e390 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM33 × 3.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (LxWxH)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750 × 226 × 442 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePackaging dimensions (LxWxH)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e920 × 380 × 520 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower (230 V)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eREVO 1216\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax working diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e310 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeadstock \/ Tailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMK2 \/ MK2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeadstock \/ Tailstock bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17 \/ 17 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56.3 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight including packaging\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e61 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat size workpiece can the Revo 1216 turn?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Distance between centers\" and \"Max diameter over bed\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBench lathes handle workpieces up to 700-1,000 mm between centers; professional models reach 1,500 mm and beyond. For large diameter bowls, check the free overhang.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the spindle speed adjustable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, adjustment via belt change (stepped) or electronic variator (Vario) depending on the model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLow speeds (200-500 rpm) for large diameter workpieces or roughing, high speeds (1,500-3,000 rpm) for finishing on small workpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat spindle attachment does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically M33x3.5 thread or MK 2 on the spindle. Check the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard attachments allow the use of interchangeable accessories (self-centering chucks for bowls, live centers, etc.) available on the market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat motor power does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Motor power\" in the technical table: typically 0.5-2 kW.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor intensive turning of large workpieces, at least 1.5 kW is needed. Hobby bench models range from 0.3 to 0.75 kW for occasional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the machine weigh?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrom about 30 kg (mini-lathes) to over 200 kg (professional with base).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor intensive use, a lathe weighing over 80 kg is recommended to dampen vibrations and ensure machining precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Laguna","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50697721676104,"sku":"151-1216","price":1650.25,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tornio_compatto_Laguna_REVO_1216_perhobbisti_e_professionisti.png?v=1759245744"},{"product_id":"tornio-per-legno-laguna-revo-1836","title":"Laguna Revo 1836 Wood Lathe","description":"\u003cp\u003eLaguna Revo 1836 is a wood lathe for professional use, with a 1.5 kW motor, weighing 194 kg. Krollit, official Laguna distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: REVO 1836\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended use: Professional production\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower (230 V): 1.5 kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVFD frequency converter: Variable, Delta S1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpeed: 50 – 3500 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax turning diameter: 457 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance between centers: 914 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle thread: M33 × 3.5 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Revo 1836 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eArtisan woodturners and carpentry shops use the Revo 1836 for turning chair legs, vases, bowls, and decorative objects, as well as creating turned elements for furniture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Laguna range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Laguna Revo 1836 is part of the Laguna wood lathe range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Laguna range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Laguna catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Italian-speaking customer support available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Revo 1836 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArtisan woodturners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning chair legs, vases, bowls, and decorative objects\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarpentry shops and restoration workshops\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCreation of turned elements for furniture and historical reconstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal turning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dedicated to wood: specific lathes with adequate torque and speed are needed for metals\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal turning (machine dedicated to wood: specific lathes with adequate torque and speed are needed for metals).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 – 3500 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM33 × 3.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (LxWxH)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1524 × 660 × 1194 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePackaging dimensions (LxWxH)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 × 570 × 1550 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower (230 V)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVFD frequency converter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVariable, Delta S1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eREVO 1836\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax turning diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e457 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e914 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeadstock\/tailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMK2 \/ MK2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeadstock \/ tailstock bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17 \/ 17 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e115 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e194 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight including packaging\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e206 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat size workpiece can the Revo 1836 turn?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Distance between centers\" and \"Max turning diameter over bed\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBenchtop lathes handle workpieces up to 700-1,000 mm between centers; professional models reach 1,500 mm and beyond. For large diameter bowls, check the free overhang.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the spindle speed adjustable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, adjustment via belt change (stepped) or electronic variator (Vario) depending on the model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLow speeds (200-500 rpm) for large diameter workpieces or roughing, high speeds (1,500-3,000 rpm) for finishing small workpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat spindle mount does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically M33x3.5 thread or MK 2 on the spindle. Check the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard mounts allow the use of interchangeable accessories (self-centering chucks for bowls, live centers, etc.) available on the market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat motor power does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Motor power\" in the technical table: typically 0.5-2 kW.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor intensive turning of large workpieces, at least 1.5 kW is needed. Hobby benchtop models range from 0.3 to 0.75 kW for occasional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the machine weigh?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrom about 30 kg (mini-lathes) to over 200 kg (professional with base).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor intensive use, a lathe weighing over 80 kg is recommended to dampen vibrations and ensure machining precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Laguna","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50697727967560,"sku":"151-1836","price":4445.12,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tornio_per_legno_Laguna_REVO_1836_inversione_professionale.png?v=1759245845"},{"product_id":"torni-laguna-revo-1216-combo","title":"Laguna Revo 1216 Wood Lathe with 4-Piece Replaceable Tip Chisel Set","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Laguna Tornio Revo 1216 with 4 Replaceable Tip Chisels Set is a professional wood lathe, weighing 56.3 kg. Krollit, official Laguna distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 750 W (230 V)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpeed range: 50–525 \/ 325–1750 \/ 650–3500 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax working diameter: 310 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance between centers: 390 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle thread: M33 × 3.5 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeadstock\/tailstock taper: MK2 \/ MK2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Revo 1216 Lathe with 4 Replaceable Tip Chisels Set and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eArtisan woodturners and joineries use the Revo 1216 Lathe with 4 Replaceable Tip Chisels Set for turning chair legs, vases, bowls, and decorative objects, creating turned elements for furniture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Laguna range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Laguna Tornio Revo 1216 with 4 Replaceable Tip Chisels Set is part of the Laguna wood lathe range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Laguna range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Laguna catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product data sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the Revo 1216 Lathe with 4 Replaceable Tip Chisels Set is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Revo 1216 lathe with 4 replaceable tip chisels set is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArtisan woodturners\u003c\/strong\u003e: turning chair legs, vases, bowls, and decorative objects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJoineries and restoration workshops\u003c\/strong\u003e: creating turned elements for furniture and historical reconstruction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal turning (machine dedicated to wood: specific lathes with adequate torque and speed are needed for metals).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle, tools and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50–525 \/ 325–1750 \/ 650–3500 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e390 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM33 × 3.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750 × 226 × 442 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56.3 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePackaging dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e920 × 380 × 520 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight with packaging\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e61 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeadstock\/tailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMK2 \/ MK2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTool rest\/tailstock bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17 mm \/ 17 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuill adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax working diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e310 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750 W (230 V)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat size workpiece can the Revo 1216 Lathe with 4 Replaceable Tip Chisels Set turn?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Distance between centers\" and \"Max diameter over bed\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBenchtop lathes handle workpieces up to 700-1,000 mm between centers; professional models reach 1,500 mm and beyond. For large diameter bowls, check the free overhang.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the spindle speed adjustable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, adjustment via belt change (stepped) or electronic variator (Vario) depending on the model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLow speeds (200-500 rpm) for large diameter workpieces or roughing, high speeds (1,500-3,000 rpm) for finishing on small workpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat spindle mount does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically M33x3.5 thread or MK 2 on the spindle. Check the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard mounts allow the use of interchangeable accessories (self-centering chucks for bowls, live centers, etc.) available on the market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat motor power does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Motor power\" in the technical table: typically 0.5-2 kW.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor intensive turning of large workpieces, at least 1.5 kW is needed. Hobby benchtop models range from 0.3 to 0.75 kW for occasional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the machine weigh?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrom approximately 30 kg (mini-lathes) to over 200 kg (professional with base).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor intensive use, a lathe weighing over 80 kg is recommended to dampen vibrations and ensure machining precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Laguna","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50730880434504,"sku":"151-1216Combo","price":1683.92,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Combo_Tornio_per_legno_Laguna_Revo_1216_compatto_e_preciso.jpg?v=1777587575"},{"product_id":"gude-gdm-1000-tornio-per-legno-professionale-con-copiatrice-e-display-digitale","title":"Accessory for Guede Güde GDM 1000 machine tool","description":"\u003cp\u003eGuede Güde GDM 1000 is a machine tool accessory for professional use, with a 550 W motor and weight. Krollit, official Guede distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eArticle number: 11420\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupply voltage: 230 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrequency: 50 Hz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor power (P1): 550 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor speed: 2800 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle speed: 600–2100 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Güde GDM 1000 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers who own the compatible machine install the Güde GDM 1000 as an original accessory to extend functionalities or replace worn components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Guede range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Guede Güde GDM 1000 is part of the Guede machine tool accessories range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Guede range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Guede catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Güde GDM 1000 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Güde GDM 1000 is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers who own the compatible machine\u003c\/strong\u003e: original accessory to extend the functionalities of the indicated machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops with specific setup needs\u003c\/strong\u003e: component for particular machining operations or increased precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with machines of other brands or models\u003c\/strong\u003e: check machine model and specifications before purchasing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle, tools and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2800 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600–2100 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e935 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 MK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e470 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1185 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e,\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupply voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrequency\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power (P1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e550 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArticle number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11420\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGermany\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated copier\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax workpiece diameter (with support)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e280 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax workpiece diameter (without support)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e280 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the indicated machine model in the title or description. Krollit only supplies original accessories for the machines in its catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf in doubt about compatibility, contact Krollit customer support providing the machine serial number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original manufacturer accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original accessories can compromise machine warranty and safety. It is recommended to always use manufacturer-certified components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor out-of-stock accessories, procurement times from the manufacturer can be 2-4 weeks. Check availability before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be assembled independently?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor simple accessories, yes; for components that require adjustments or calibrations, a qualified technician is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit provides original Bernardo technical documentation for correct assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs there a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, manufacturer's warranty according to legal terms. The warranty is void if the accessory is installed on incompatible machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the invoice as proof of purchase. For warranty claims, contact Krollit customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Guede","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51824127148360,"sku":"11420","price":660.02,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tornio_per_legno_G_de_GDM_1000_con_copiatrice_integrata_e_display_digitale.webp?v=1761204610"},{"product_id":"torni-legno-guede-gdm-600","title":"Guede Güde GDM 600 Wood Lathe","description":"\u003cp\u003eGuede Güde GDM 600 is a wood lathe for professional use, with a spindle distance of 600 mm, 550 W motor, weight,. Krollit, official Guede distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eItem number: 11421\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupply voltage: 230–240 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrequency: 50 Hz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperating mode: S1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtection class (IP): X0\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor power (P1): 550 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Güde GDM 600 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eArtisan woodturners and carpentry shops use the Güde GDM 600 for turning chair legs, vases, bowls, and decorative objects, including the creation of turned elements for furniture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Guede range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGuede Güde GDM 600 is part of the Guede range of wood lathes, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Guede range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Guede catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian is available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the Güde GDM 600 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Güde GDM 600 is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArtisan woodturners\u003c\/strong\u003e: turning chair legs, vases, bowls, and decorative objects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarpentry shops and restoration workshops\u003c\/strong\u003e: creation of turned elements for furniture and historical reconstruction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal turning (machine dedicated to wood: specific lathes with adequate torque and speed are needed for metals).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle, tools and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVariable speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800–3000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM18×2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e210 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1050 × 270 × 220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e,\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupply voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230–240 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrequency\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power (P1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e550 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eItem number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11421\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOperating mode\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eS1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtection class (IP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNoise level LWA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97.8 dB(A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGermany\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtection class\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eII\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax workpiece diameter (with support)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax workpiece diameter (without support)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat size workpiece can the Güde GDM 600 turn?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Distance between centers\" and \"Max diameter over bed\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBench lathes handle workpieces up to 700-1,000 mm between centers; professional models reach 1,500 mm and beyond. For large diameter bowls, check the free overhang.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the spindle speed adjustable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, adjustment via belt change (stepped) or electronic variator (Vario) depending on the model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLow speeds (200-500 rpm) for large diameter workpieces or roughing, high speeds (1,500-3,000 rpm) for finishing small workpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat spindle attachment does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically M33x3.5 or MK 2 thread on the spindle. Check the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard attachments allow the use of interchangeable accessories (self-centering chucks for bowls, live centers, etc.) available on the market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat motor power does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Motor power\" in the technical table: typically 0.5-2 kW.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor intensive turning of large workpieces, at least 1.5 kW is needed. Hobby bench models range from 0.3 to 0.75 kW for occasional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the machine weigh?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrom about 30 kg (mini-lathes) to over 200 kg (professional models with base).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor intensive use, a lathe weighing over 80 kg is recommended to dampen vibrations and ensure machining precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Guede","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51824234168648,"sku":"11421","price":86.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tornio_per_legno_G_de_GDM_600_con_motore_a_ingranaggi_e_velocit_regolabile.webp?v=1761205534"},{"product_id":"tornio-legno-record-power-dml250","title":"Record Power DML250 10” Cast Iron Wood Lathe","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Record Power DML250 10” cast iron is a woodturning lathe for professional use, with 457 mm (18”) distance between centers, 0.375 kW motor, and weighing 34 kg. Krollit, official Record Power distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 230 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrequency: 50 Hz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor Power (P1): 0.375 kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutput Power (P2): 0.25 kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor Speed: 1400 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurrent Draw: 1.6 A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the DML250 10” cast iron and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eArtisan woodturners and carpentry workshops use the DML250 10” cast iron for turning chair legs, vases, bowls, and decorative objects, as well as creating turned elements for furniture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Record Power range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Record Power DML250 10” cast iron fits into the Record Power range of woodturning lathes, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Record Power range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Record Power catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the DML250 10” cast iron for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DML250 10” cast iron is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArtisan woodturners\u003c\/strong\u003e: turning chair legs, vases, bowls, and decorative objects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarpentry workshops and restoration laboratories\u003c\/strong\u003e: creating turned elements for furniture and historical reconstruction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal turning (machine dedicated to wood: metal requires specific lathes with adequate torque and speed).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle, Tools, and Speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor Speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1400 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e457 mm (18”)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle Thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM33 x 3.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle Speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 \/ 980 \/ 1550 \/ 1940 \/ 2640 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and Power Supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrequency\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor Power (P1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.375 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutput Power (P2)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.25 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurrent Draw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.6 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSound Pressure (no-load)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59.3 dB(A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSound Power (no-load)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e72.3 dB(A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e254 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock Taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEN 62841-1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. Turning Diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e254 mm (10”)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle Travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e902 x 267 x 375 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat size workpiece can the DML250 10” cast iron turn?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Distance between centers\" and \"Max. swing over bed\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBench lathes handle workpieces up to 700-1,000 mm between centers; professional models reach 1,500 mm and more. For large diameter bowls, check the free overhang.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the spindle speed adjustable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, adjustment via belt change (stepped) or electronic variator (Vario) depending on the model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLow speeds (200-500 rpm) for large diameter pieces or roughing, high speeds (1,500-3,000 rpm) for finishing small pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat spindle fitting does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically M33x3.5 thread or MK 2 on the spindle. Check the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard fittings allow for the use of interchangeable accessories (self-centering chucks for bowls, live centers, etc.) available on the market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat motor power does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Motor Power\" in the technical table: typically 0.5-2 kW.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor intensive turning of large workpieces, at least 1.5 kW is needed. Hobby bench models range from 0.3 to 0.75 kW for occasional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the machine weigh?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrom about 30 kg (mini-lathes) to over 200 kg (professional with base).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor intensive use, a lathe weighing over 80 kg is recommended to dampen vibrations and ensure machining precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Record Power","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52249020367176,"sku":"15002","price":354.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tornio_per_legno_Record_Power_DML250_10_in_ghisa.jpg?v=1767009231"},{"product_id":"tornio-legno-record-power-dml305","title":"Record Power DML305 12” Cast Iron Wood Lathe","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Record Power DML305 12” cast iron is a professional-grade wood lathe, with a distance between centers of 393 mm, a 0.5 hp \/ 375 W motor, and a weight of 39 kg. Krollit, official Record Power distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 230 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrequency: 50 Hz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor power: 0.5 hp \/ 375 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurrent draw: 2.6 A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax turning diameter: 305 mm (12”)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance between centers: 393 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the DML305 12” cast iron and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eArtisan woodturners and carpentry shops use the DML305 12” cast iron for turning chair legs, vases, bowls, and decorative objects, as well as creating turned elements for furniture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Record Power range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Record Power DML305 12” cast iron is part of the Record Power wood lathe range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Record Power range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Record Power catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian is available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the DML305 12” cast iron is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DML305 12” cast iron is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArtisan woodturners\u003c\/strong\u003e: turning chair legs, vases, bowls, and decorative objects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarpentry shops and restoration workshops\u003c\/strong\u003e: creating turned elements for furniture and historical reconstruction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal turning (this machine is dedicated to wood: specific lathes with adequate torque and speed are needed for metals).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle, tools, and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e393 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350 \/ 670 \/ 1025 \/ 1500 \/ 2225 \/ 3250 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM33 x 3.5 mm or 3\/4” x 16 TPI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrequency\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.5 hp \/ 375 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurrent draw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.6 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSound pressure level\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u0026lt; 83 dB(A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSound power level\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u0026lt; 83 dB(A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e305 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTaper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT1 or MT2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax turning diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e305 mm (12”)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e807 x 457 x 292 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e39 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat size workpiece can the DML305 12” cast iron turn?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Distance between centers\" and \"Max diameter over bed\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBench lathes handle workpieces up to 700-1,000 mm between centers; professional models reach 1,500 mm and beyond. For large diameter bowls, check the free overhang.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the spindle speed adjustable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, adjustment via belt change (stepped) or electronic variator (Vario) depending on the model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLow speeds (200-500 rpm) for large diameter workpieces or roughing, high speeds (1,500-3,000 rpm) for finishing on small workpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat spindle fitting does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically M33x3.5 thread or MK 2 on the spindle. Check the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard fittings allow the use of interchangeable accessories (self-centering chucks for bowls, live centers, etc.) available on the market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat motor power does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Motor power\" in the technical table: typically 0.5-2 kW.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor intensive turning of large workpieces, at least 1.5 kW is needed. Hobby bench models range from 0.3 to 0.75 kW for occasional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the machine weigh?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrom about 30 kg (mini-lathes) to over 200 kg (professional models with base).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor intensive use, a lathe weighing over 80 kg is recommended to dampen vibrations and ensure machining precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Record Power","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52249436815688,"sku":"DML305-M33-EP","price":436.81,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tornio_per_legno_Record_Power_DML305_12_in_ghisa.jpg?v=1767016138"},{"product_id":"tornio-legno-record-power-dml320","title":"Record Power DML320 12\" Cast Iron Wood Lathe","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Record Power DML320 12” cast iron is a professional-grade woodturning lathe, with a distance between centers of 510 mm (20”), 0.75 kW motor, and a weight of 52 kg. Krollit has been an official Record Power distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 230 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrequency: 50 Hz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor power (P1): 0.75 kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutput power (P2): 0.55 kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor speed: 2900 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurrent consumption: 3 A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the DML320 12” cast iron and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eArtisan woodturners and carpentry workshops use the DML320 12” cast iron for turning chair legs, vases, bowls, and decorative objects, as well as for creating turned elements for furniture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Record Power range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Record Power DML320 12” cast iron is part of the Record Power woodturning lathe range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Record Power range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the machine suitable for your use case, you can consult the Record Power catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the DML320 12” cast iron for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DML320 12” cast iron is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArtisan woodturners\u003c\/strong\u003e: turning chair legs, vases, bowls, and decorative objects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarpentry workshops and restoration labs\u003c\/strong\u003e: creating turned elements for furniture and historical reconstruction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal turning (this machine is dedicated to wood: metal turning requires specific lathes with adequate torque and speed).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle, tools and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2900 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 – 3850 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e510 mm (20”)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM33 x 3.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrequency\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power (P1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.75 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutput power (P2)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.55 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurrent consumption\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSound pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u0026lt; 80 dB(A) no load \/ \u0026lt; 90 dB(A) under load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSound power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u0026lt; 90 dB(A) no load \/ \u0026lt; 100 dB(A) under load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e320 mm (12”)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax turning diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e320 mm (12 1\/2”)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1035 x 305 x 449 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e52 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat size workpiece can the DML320 12” cast iron turn?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Distance between centers\" and \"Max diameter over bed\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBench lathes handle workpieces up to 700-1,000 mm between centers; professional models reach 1,500 mm and beyond. For large diameter bowls, check the free overhang.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the spindle speed adjustable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, adjustment via belt change (stepped) or electronic variator (Vario) depending on the model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLow speeds (200-500 rpm) for large diameter pieces or roughing, high speeds (1,500-3,000 rpm) for finishing small pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat spindle attachment does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically M33x3.5 thread or MK 2 on the spindle. Check the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard attachments allow the use of interchangeable accessories (self-centering chucks for bowls, live centers, etc.) available on the market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat motor power does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Motor power\" in the technical table: typically 0.5-2 kW.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor intensive turning of large pieces, at least 1.5 kW is needed. Hobby bench models range from 0.3 to 0.75 kW for occasional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the machine weigh?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrom about 30 kg (mini-lathes) to over 200 kg (professional with base).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor intensive use, a lathe weighing over 80 kg is recommended to dampen vibrations and ensure machining precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Record Power","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52249599902024,"sku":"DML320-EP","price":815.03,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tornio_per_legno_Record_Power_DML320_a_velocit_variabile_elettronica.jpg?v=1767021100"},{"product_id":"tornio-legno-record-power-coronet-herald","title":"Record Power Coronet Herald Cast Iron Wood Lathe","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Record Power Coronet Herald cast iron wood lathe is designed for professional use, featuring a 508 mm distance between centers, a 1 kW motor, and a weight of 48 kg. Krollit, official Record Power distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower Supply: 230 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrequency: 50 Hz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor Input Power (P1): 1 kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor Output Power (P2): 0.75 kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor Speed: 3000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurrent Draw: 5 A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Coronet Herald cast iron and for what purpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eArtisan woodturners and carpentry workshops use the Coronet Herald cast iron for turning chair legs, vases, bowls, and decorative objects, as well as creating turned elements for furniture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Record Power range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Record Power Coronet Herald cast iron is part of the Record Power range of wood lathes, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Record Power range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Record Power catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Italian-speaking customer support available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Coronet Herald cast iron for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Coronet Herald cast iron is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArtisan woodturners\u003c\/strong\u003e: turning chair legs, vases, bowls, and decorative objects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarpentry workshops and restoration labs\u003c\/strong\u003e: creating turned elements for furniture and historical reconstruction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal turning (this machine is dedicated to wood: specific lathes with adequate torque and speed are needed for metals).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle, tools, and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed – range 1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e95 – 1055 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed – range 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140 – 1868 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed – range 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e290 – 3890 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e508 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM33 x 3.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrequency\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor input power (P1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor output power (P2)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.75 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurrent draw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSound pressure level (idle)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u0026lt; 83 dB(A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSound power level (idle)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u0026lt; 83 dB(A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum turning diameter (bowls)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e533 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e355 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMorse MT2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e870 x 290 x 252 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat size workpiece can the Coronet Herald cast iron turn?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Distance between centers\" and \"Max diameter over bed\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBenchtop lathes handle workpieces up to 700-1,000 mm between centers; professional models reach 1,500 mm and beyond. For large diameter bowls, check the free overhang.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the spindle speed adjustable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, adjustment via belt change (stepped) or electronic variator (Vario) depending on the model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLow speeds (200-500 rpm) for large diameter workpieces or roughing, high speeds (1,500-3,000 rpm) for finishing small workpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat spindle attachment does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically M33x3.5 thread or MK 2 on the spindle. Check the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard attachments allow for interchangeable accessories (self-centering chucks for bowls, live centers, etc.) available on the market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat motor power does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Motor power\" in the technical table: typically 0.5-2 kW.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor intensive turning of large workpieces, at least 1.5 kW is needed. Hobby benchtop models range from 0.3 to 0.75 kW for occasional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the machine weigh?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrom approximately 30 kg (mini-lathes) to over 200 kg (professional models with base).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor intensive use, a lathe weighing over 80 kg is recommended to dampen vibrations and ensure machining precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Record Power","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52249647317320,"sku":"16007-EP","price":1019.98,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tornio_per_legno_Record_Power_Coronet_Herald_in_ghisa.jpg?v=1767019390"},{"product_id":"tornio-legno-record-power-coronet-envoy","title":"Record Power POWER CORONET ENVOY Wood Lathe","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Record Power POWER CORONET ENVOY is a woodturning lathe for professional use, with a distance between centers of 610 mm, a 1.5 kW motor, and a weight of 140 kg. Krollit, official Record Power distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower supply: 230 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrequency: 50 Hz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInput motor power (P1): 1.5 kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutput motor power (P2): 1.1 kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor speed: 1400 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurrent consumption: 4.5 A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the POWER CORONET ENVOY and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eArtisan woodturners and carpentry workshops use the POWER CORONET ENVOY for turning chair legs, vases, bowls, and decorative objects, including turned elements for furniture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Record Power range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Record Power POWER CORONET ENVOY is part of the Record Power wood lathe range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Record Power range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Record Power catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the POWER CORONET ENVOY for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe POWER CORONET ENVOY is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArtisan woodturners\u003c\/strong\u003e: turning chair legs, vases, bowls, and decorative objects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarpentry workshops and restoration laboratories\u003c\/strong\u003e: creating turned elements for furniture and historical reconstruction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal turning (machine dedicated to wood: metal requires specific lathes with adequate torque and speed).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle, tools, and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1400 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 – 3800 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e610 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM33 x 3.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrequency\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInput motor power (P1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutput motor power (P2)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurrent consumption\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.5 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSound pressure level (idle)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u0026lt; 83 dB(A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSound power level (idle)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u0026lt; 83 dB(A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum turning diameter (bowls)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e410 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMorse MT2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh gear ratio\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19.6 Nm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLow gear ratio\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.2 Nm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1435 x 540 x 1190 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat size workpiece can the POWER CORONET ENVOY turn?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Distance between centers\" and \"Max diameter over bed\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBench lathes handle workpieces up to 700-1,000 mm between centers; professional models reach 1,500 mm and more. For large diameter bowls, check the free overhang.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the spindle speed adjustable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, adjustment via belt change (stepped) or electronic variator (Vario) depending on the model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLow speeds (200-500 rpm) for large diameter workpieces or roughing, high speeds (1,500-3,000 rpm) for finishing on small workpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat spindle fitting does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically M33x3.5 thread or MK 2 on the spindle. Check the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard fittings allow the use of interchangeable accessories (self-centering chucks for bowls, live centers, etc.) available on the market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat motor power does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Motor power\" in the technical table: typically 0.5-2 kW.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor intensive turning of large workpieces, at least 1.5 kW is needed. Hobby bench models range from 0.3 to 0.75 kW for occasional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the machine weigh?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrom about 30 kg (mini-lathes) to over 200 kg (professional with base).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor intensive use, a lathe weighing over 80 kg is recommended to dampen vibrations and ensure machining precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Record Power","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52249777504584,"sku":"17001-EP","price":2080.08,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tornio_per_legno_Record_Power_Coronet_Envoy_in_ghisa.jpg?v=1767022774"},{"product_id":"tornio-legno-record-power-coronet-regent","title":"Record Power POWER CORONET REGENT Wood Lathe","description":"\u003cp\u003eRecord Power POWER CORONET REGENT is a wood lathe for professional use, with a distance between centers of 610 mm, 2 kW motor, and a weight of 145 kg. Krollit, official Record Power distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower supply: 230 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrequency: 50 Hz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor input power (P1): 2 kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor output power (P2): 1.5 kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor speed: 1400 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurrent consumption: 6 A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the POWER CORONET REGENT and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eArtisan woodturners and carpentry workshops use the POWER CORONET REGENT for turning chair legs, vases, bowls, and decorative objects, including the creation of turned elements for furniture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Record Power range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Record Power POWER CORONET REGENT is part of the Record Power wood lathe range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Record Power range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Record Power catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the POWER CORONET REGENT for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Power Coronet Regent is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArtisan woodturners\u003c\/strong\u003e: turning chair legs, vases, bowls, and decorative objects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarpentry workshops and restoration laboratories\u003c\/strong\u003e: creating turned elements for furniture and historical reconstruction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal turning (machine dedicated to wood: specific lathes with appropriate torque and speed are needed for metals).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle, tools, and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1400 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 – 3800 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e610 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM33 x 3.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrequency\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor input power (P1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor output power (P2)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurrent consumption\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSound pressure level (idle)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u0026lt; 83 dB(A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSound power level (idle)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u0026lt; 83 dB(A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum turning diameter (bowls)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e460 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMorse MT2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh ratio\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.5 Nm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLow ratio\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.1 Nm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1450 x 540 x 1215 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e145 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat size workpiece can the POWER CORONET REGENT turn?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Distance between centers\" and \"Max diameter over bed\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBenchtop lathes handle workpieces up to 700-1,000 mm between centers; professional models reach 1,500 mm and beyond. For large diameter bowls, check the free overhang.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the spindle speed adjustable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, adjustment via belt change (stepped) or electronic variator (Vario) depending on the model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLow speeds (200-500 rpm) for large diameter workpieces or roughing, high speeds (1,500-3,000 rpm) for finishing small workpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat spindle attachment does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically M33x3.5 thread or MK 2 on the spindle. Check the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard attachments allow the use of interchangeable accessories (self-centering chucks for bowls, live centers, etc.) available on the market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat motor power does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Motor power\" in the technical table: typically 0.5-2 kW.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor intensive turning of large workpieces, at least 1.5 kW is needed. Hobby benchtop models range from 0.3 to 0.75 kW for occasional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the machine weigh?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrom approximately 30 kg (mini-lathes) to over 200 kg (professional models with base).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor intensive use, a lathe weighing over 80 kg is recommended to dampen vibrations and ensure machining precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Record Power","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52249965920584,"sku":"18001-EP","price":2496.08,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tornio_per_legno_Record_Power_Coronet_Regent_in_ghisa.jpg?v=1767026284"},{"product_id":"supporto-lunetta-tornio-rdm-200-250","title":"Accessory for Bernardo machine tool Steady rest support","description":"\u003cp\u003eBernardo Steady Rest is a professional machine tool accessory available from Krollit, an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLathe compatibility: RDM 200 \/ RDM 250\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Metal structure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct type: Steady rest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Steady Rest and what for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine install the Steady Rest as an original accessory to extend functionalities or replace worn components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Steady Rest is part of Bernardo's range of machine tool accessories, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels. To choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping within 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian is available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Steady Rest for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe steady rest is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine\u003c\/strong\u003e: original accessory to extend the functionalities of the indicated machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops with specific setup needs\u003c\/strong\u003e: component for special machining or increased precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with machines of other brands or models\u003c\/strong\u003e: check machine model and specifications before purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the machine model indicated in the title or description. Krollit only supplies original accessories for the machines in its catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf in doubt about compatibility, contact Krollit customer support providing the machine's serial number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original manufacturer accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original accessories can compromise the machine's warranty and safety. It is recommended to always use components certified by the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping within 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor out-of-stock accessories, lead times from the manufacturer can be 2-4 weeks. Please check availability before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be assembled independently?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor simple accessories, yes; for components requiring adjustments or calibrations, the intervention of a qualified technician is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit provides original Bernardo technical documentation for correct assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs there a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, manufacturer's warranty according to legal terms. The warranty is void if the accessory is installed on incompatible machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the invoice as proof of purchase. For warranty claims, contact Krollit customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52433530126664,"sku":"03-1369XL7","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Supporto_per_lunetta_per_torni_RDM_200_e_RDM_250.png?v=1770372954"},{"product_id":"tornio-da-banco-record-power-pathfinder-combo","title":"Record Power Pathfinder Combo – Bench Lathe with Chuck, Collets and Bed Extension","description":"\u003cp\u003e\n    Record Power Pathfinder is a compact benchtop lathe with a brushless motor and electronic speed control, designed for turning small and complex workpieces such as pens, rings and decorative objects. Centre height 152 mm, distance between centres 406 mm, extendable to 762 mm with the included extension. This set includes the 600 mm cast iron bed extension and the chuck. Distributed in Italy by Krollit, official Record Power distributor since 2007.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eMotor: brushless, 1 HP — quiet operation and longer service life compared with brushed motors\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eElectronic speed control: continuously variable 250–3,200 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e3 speed ranges: 250–850 \/ 430–1,450 \/ 950–3,200 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCentre height: 152 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eDistance between centres: 406 mm, 762 mm with included extension\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eSpindle thread: M33\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eMorse taper: MK2\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eTailstock: self-ejecting, quill travel 90 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eIndexing: 24 positions\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eSelectable reverse rotation: for sanding, hollowing and improved visibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eControl panel: magnetic, repositionable\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eWeight: 45.5 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eIncluded bed extension: cast iron, +600 mm distance between centres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCombo set contents\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eRecord Power Pathfinder benchtop lathe\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCast iron bed extension +600 mm, total distance between centres 762 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eChuck\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eMK2 live centre\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eMK2 drive centre\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eTool rest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Pathfinder and what it is used for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n    The Record Power Pathfinder is chosen by hobby turners and craftsmen working on small and medium-sized pieces: pens, rings, tool handles, turned decorative objects, small vases and bowls. The brushless motor provides quieter operation and a significantly longer service life than traditional brushed motors, reducing maintenance over time. Reverse rotation is particularly appreciated for sanding with abrasive paper — by rotating the workpiece in the opposite direction, a more uniform finish is achieved without changing position. With the bed extension included in this set, the distance between centres increases from 406 to 762 mm, also covering stool legs, small columns and medium-length workpieces without additional purchases.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the Pathfinder is suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n    \u003cthead\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/thead\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eHobby turner with limited space\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eCompact benchtop format, 45.5 kg, can be installed on any workbench — no dedicated stand required\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eCraftsman working on small and medium pieces, pens, rings, small columns\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eWith the included extension it covers pieces up to 762 mm without additional purchases; brushless motor for continuous use\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eTurner working on bowls and large-diameter pieces in continuous production\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eCentre height 152 mm and 1 HP power limit diameter and load — for large bowls, consider models with centre height from 200 mm upwards\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e professional industrial turning or serial production of pieces over 300 mm in diameter — the Pathfinder is sized for hobby-professional use on small and medium workpieces.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and tailstock\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSpindle thread\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eM33\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMorse taper\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMK2\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTailstock\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSelf-ejecting\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e90 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eIndexing\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e24 positions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eReverse rotation\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eYes, selectable\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCentre height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e152 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centres, standard\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e406 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centres, with included extension\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e762 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMotor type\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBrushless\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1 HP\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSpeed control\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eContinuous electronic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTotal speed range\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e250–3,200 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRange 1\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e250–850 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRange 2\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e430–1,450 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRange 3\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e950–3,200 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLathe weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e45.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eControl panel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic, repositionable\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBed extension, included in the set\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centres extension\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e+600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTotal distance with extension\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e762 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat exactly does this Pathfinder combo set include?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n    The set includes the Record Power Pathfinder benchtop lathe, the +600 mm cast iron bed extension, the chuck, the MK2 live centre, the MK2 drive centre and the tool rest. The extension increases the distance between centres from 406 to 762 mm. No additional purchase is required to start turning.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the advantage of the brushless motor compared with a traditional motor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n    The brushless motor has no brushes subject to wear, so it produces less heat, runs more quietly and has a significantly longer service life than traditional motors. On a hobby lathe used a few hours per week, a quality brushless motor can last several years without routine brush maintenance.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is reverse rotation used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n    Reverse rotation has three main uses: sanding with abrasive paper, where rotating the workpiece in the opposite direction evens out the finish without changing position; hollowing concave forms with tools that work better in reverse thrust; and improved visibility of the workpiece shape during finishing. It is activated directly from the repositionable magnetic control panel.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the M33 thread compatible with chucks from other manufacturers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n    M33 is a very common standard thread on mid-range wood lathes. Most third-party self-centring chucks, such as Nova, Axminster and Robert Sorby, are available in M33 versions. Contact Krollit at +39 0825-1494022 to check compatibility with specific accessories.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the Pathfinder be used without the bed extension?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n    Yes. The lathe also works normally without the extension, with a distance between centres of 406 mm — sufficient for pens, rings, small vases and decorative objects up to about 35–38 cm in length. The cast iron extension included in the set can be fitted and removed without special tools and can be removed when not needed.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre other Record Power accessories available for the Pathfinder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n    Yes. The Record Power accessory ecosystem for the Pathfinder includes self-centring chucks, additional centres, supports for off-centre turning and dedicated tools. Contact Krollit at +39 0825-1494022 for the full catalogue of Record Power accessories compatible with the Pathfinder.\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Record Power","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53203383058760,"sku":"DML305-M33-EP1400262067","price":815.94,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tornio_da_banco_Record_Power_Pathfinder_brushless_prolunga_letto_ghisa_inclus.jpg?v=1780063650"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/collections\/1745344708199blob.png?v=1753438761","url":"https:\/\/www.krollit.com\/collections\/lathes-wood.oembed","provider":"Krollit","version":"1.0","type":"link"}